Professional Documents
Culture Documents
December 2003
FHWA NHI-04-042
for
Prepared for
SI Units
Prepared by
Detailed Outline
General
1.1
1.2
1.3
Detailed Outline
1.4
1.5
1.6
2.
2.1
Detailed Outline
2.13
2.14
2.15
2.16
2.17
2.18
2.19
3.
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
Detailed Outline
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
Detailed Outline
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
Detailed Outline
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
Detailed Outline
4.8
5.
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
Detailed Outline
5.5
5.6
6.
Bearing Design
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
Detailed Outline
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.13
6.14
7.
7.1
6.10
6.11
6.12
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
Detailed Outline
7.6.2
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.11
Wind loads
7.6.2.1 Wind on live load
7.6.2.2 Wind on superstructure
7.6.3 Earthquake loads
7.6.4 Earth pressure
7.6.5 Live load surcharge
7.6.6 Temperature loads
Analyze and combine force effects for each limit state
7.7.1 Service limit states (stress, deformation, and cracking)
7.7.2 Fatigue and fracture limit states (limit cracking)
7.7.3 Strength limit states (strength and stability)
7.7.4 Extreme event limit states (e.g., earthquake, vehicular or vessel collision)
Check stability and safety requirements
7.8.1 Check pile group stability and safety criteria (if applicable)
7.8.1.1 Overall stability
7.8.1.2 Axial pile resistance
7.8.1.3 Lateral pile resistance
7.8.1.4 Overturning
7.8.1.5 Uplift
7.8.2 Check spread footing stability and safety criteria (if applicable)
7.8.2.1 Maximum bearing pressure
7.8.2.2 Minimum bearing pressure (uplift)
7.8.2.3 Overturning
7.8.2.4 Sliding
7.8.2.5 Settlement
Design abutment backwall
7.9.1 Design for flexure
7.9.1.1 Design moments
7.9.1.2 Flexural resistance
7.9.1.3 Required reinforcing steel
7.9.2 Check for shear
7.9.3 Check crack control
Design abutment stem
7.10.1 Design for flexure
7.10.1.1 Design moments
7.10.1.2 Flexural resistance
7.10.1.3 Required reinforcing steel
7.10.2 Check for shear
7.10.3 Check crack control
Design abutment footing
7.11.1 Design for flexure
7.11.1.1 Minimum steel
7.11.1.2 Required steel
7.11.2 Design for shear
7.11.2.1 Concrete shear resistance
7.11.2.2 Required shear reinforcement
10
Detailed Outline
7.12
8.
Pier Design
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
11
Detailed Outline
8.12
9.
Miscellaneous Design
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
10.
10.1
8.8
8.9
8.10
8.11
12
Detailed Outline
10.2
P.
P.1
P.2
P.3
P.4
P.5
P.6
P.7
P.8
P.9
P.10
P.11
P.12
P.13
P.14
P.15
P.16
P.17
P.18
P.19
13
Prepared by
Michael Baker Jr., Inc.
November 2003
Table of Contents
1. Flowcharting Conventions
2. Flowcharts
Main Flowchart
Chart 1 - General Information
Chart 2 - Concrete Deck Design
Chart 3 - Steel Girder Design
Chart 4 - Bolted Field Splice Design
Chart 5 - Miscellaneous Steel Design
Chart 6 - Bearing Design
Chart 7 - Abutment and Wingwall Design
Chart 8 - Pier Design
Chart 9 - Miscellaneous Design
Chart 10 - Special Provisions and Cost Estimate
Chart P - Pile Foundation Design
Flowcharts
Flowcharting Conventions
Start
Unique sequence
identifier
Process description
Reference
Process
A
Design
Step #
Chart # or
AASHTO Reference
Flowchart reference or
article in AASHTO LRFD
Bridge Design Specifications
Commentary to provide
additional information
about the decision or
process.
Supplemental
Information
No
Yes
Decision
Process
Design
Step #
Chart # or
AASHTO Reference
Go to Other
Flowchart
Flowcharts
Main Flowchart
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
General Information
Chart 1
Are girder
splices required?
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Go to:
A
Flowcharts
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step 10
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Note:
Design Step P is used for pile foundation
design for the abutments, wingwalls, or piers.
Flowcharts
Start
Includes:
Governing
specifications, codes,
and standards
Design methodology
Live load requirements
Bridge width
requirements
Clearance
requirements
Bridge length
requirements
Material properties
Future wearing surface
Load modifiers
Obtain Geometry
Requirements
Includes:
Horizontal curve data
and alignment
Vertical curve data and
grades
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Design
Step 1.1
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Design
Step 1.2
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Yes
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Does client
require a Span
Arrangement
Study?
Design
Completed
Design
Step 1.3
Perform Span
Arrangement Study
Design
Step 1.3
No
Includes:
Select bridge type
Determine span
arrangement
Determine substructure
locations
Compute span lengths
Check horizontal
clearance
Go to:
A
Flowcharts
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Design
Step 1.4
Obtain Geotechnical
Recommendations
Yes
Includes:
Boring logs
Foundation type
recommendations for
all substructures
Allowable bearing
pressure
Allowable settlement
Overturning
Sliding
Allowable pile
resistance (axial and
lateral)
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Yes
Pier Design
Chart 8
Does client
require a Type,
Size and Location
Study?
No
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Includes:
Select steel girder
types
Girder spacing
Approximate girder
depth
Check vertical
clearance
Design
Completed
Design
Step 1.5
Design
Step 1.6
Design
Step 1.5
Determine Optimum
Girder Configuration
Considerations include:
Function
Proportion
Harmony
Order and rhythm
Contrast and texture
Light and shadow
Return to
Main Flowchart
Flowcharts
Includes:
Girder spacing
Number of girders
Top and bottom cover
Concrete strength
Reinforcing steel
strength
Concrete density
Future wearing surface
Concrete parapet
properties
Applicable load
combinations
Resistance factors
Start
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Design
Step 2.1
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Design
Step 2.2
Chart 4
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Design
Step 2.3
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Determine Minimum
Overhang Thickness
S13.7.3.1.2
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Design
Step 2.4
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Yes
Design
Step 2.5
Equivalent Strip
Method? (S4.6.2)
No
Go to:
A
Flowcharts
Design
Step 2.6
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Design
Step 2.7
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Compute Factored
Positive and Negative
Design Moments
S4.6.2.1
Yes
Design
Step 2.8
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Design
Step 2.9
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Design
Step 2.10
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Design
Step 2.11
Design
Step 2.12
Considerations include:
Dynamic load
allowance
(S3.6.2.1)
Multiple presence
factor (S3.6.1.1.2)
AASHTO moment
table for equivalent
strip method
(STable A4.1-1)
Go to:
B
Flowcharts
Design Overhang
for Horizontal
Vehicular Collision
Force
SA13.4.1
Design
Case 1
Check at
Case
Inside Face
1A
of Parapet
Design
Case 2
Check at
Case
Design
1B Section in
Overhang
Design Overhang
for
Vertical Collision
Force
SA13.4.1
Check at
Case Design
1C Section in
First Span
Design
Case 3
Design Overhang
for
Dead Load and
Live Load
SA13.4.1
Check at
Case Design
3A Section in
Overhang
Check at
Case Design
3B Section in
First Span
As(Overhang) =
maximum of the
above five
reinforcing steel
areas
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Yes
As(Overhang) >
As(Deck)?
No
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Use As(Overhang)
in overhang.
Use As(Deck)
in overhang.
The overhang
reinforcing steel
must satisfy both
the overhang
requirements
and the deck
requirements.
Chart 4
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Design
Step 2.13
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Design
Step 2.14
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Go to:
C
Design
Completed
Flowcharts
Design
Step 2.15
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
Compute Overhang
Development Length
Appropriate
correction factors
must be included.
S5.11.2
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Design
Step 2.16
Compute Effective
Span Length, S,
in accordance
with S9.7.2.3.
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Design
Step 2.17
Chart 4
Based on
temperature and
shrinkage
reinforcement
requirements.
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Design
Step 2.18
Design Longitudinal
Reinforcement over Piers
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Continuous steel
girders?
Yes
No
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Design
Step 2.19
Return to
Main Flowchart
Flowcharts
Start
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Design
Step 3.1
Design
Step 3.2
Select Trial
Girder Section
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Yes
Miscellaneous
Design
Composite section?
Considerations include:
Sequence of loading
(S6.10.3.1.1a)
Effective flange width
(S4.6.2.6)
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Design
Step 3.3
No
Design
Step 3.3
S6.10.3.1
Go to:
B
Flowcharts
Design
Step 3.4
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
S3.5.1
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Design
Step 3.5
Design
Step 3.6
S3.6.1
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Considerations include:
LL distribution factors
(S4.6.2.2)
Dynamic load
allowance (S3.6.2.1)
Yes
S3.4.1
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Considerations include:
General proportions
(6.10.2.1)
Web slenderness
(6.10.2.2)
Flange proportions
(6.10.2.3)
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Design
Step 3.7
Check Section
Proportion Limits
S6.10.2
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Are section
proportions
adequate?
No
Go to:
A
Yes
Go to:
C
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
Are girder
splices
required?
No
Yes
No
Composite section?
Yes
Compute Plastic
Moment Capacity
Design
Step 3.8
Chart 5
Bearing Design
S6.10.3.1.3 &
Appendix A6.1
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Design
Step 3.9
Chart 9
Determine if Section is
Compact or Noncompact
S6.10.4.1
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Yes
Design
Completed
Design
Step 3.10
Compact
section?
Design
Step 3.11
Note:
P denotes Positive Flexure.
N denotes Negative Flexure.
No
Design
Step 3.10
S6.10.4
(Flexural resistance
in terms of moment)
Go to:
E
Considerations include:
Web slenderness
Compression flange
slenderness (N only)
Compression flange
bracing (N only)
Ductility (P only)
Plastic forces and
neutral axis (P only)
Design for Flexure Strength Limit State
S6.10.4
(Flexural resistance
in terms of stress)
Considerations include:
Computations at end
panels and interior
panels for stiffened
or partially stiffened
girders
Computation of
shear resistance
Check D/tw for shear
Check web fatigue
stress (S6.10.6.4)
Check handling
requirements
Check nominal shear
resistance for
constructability
(S6.10.3.2.3)
Flowcharts
No
Transverse
intermediate
stiffeners?
Yes
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Design
Step 3.12
Chart 1
Design Transverse
Intermediate Stiffeners
S6.10.8.1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
No
Longitudinal
stiffeners?
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Yes
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Design
Step 3.13
Design Longitudinal
Stiffeners
S6.10.8.3
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Go to:
F
Flowcharts
No
Is stiffened web
most cost effective?
Use unstiffened
web in steel
girder design.
Yes
Use stiffened
web in steel
girder design.
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Design
Step 3.14
Chart 2
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Design
Step 3.15
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Design
Step 3.16
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Check:
Fatigue load
(S3.6.1.4)
Load-induced fatigue
(S6.6.1.2)
Fatigue requirements
for webs (S6.10.6)
Distortion induced
fatigue
Fracture
Compute:
Live load deflection
(optional)
(S2.5.2.6.2)
Permanent deflection
(S6.10.5)
Check:
Web slenderness
Compression flange
slenderness
Compression flange
bracing
Shear
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Go to:
G
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Design
Step 3.17
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
No
Go to:
D (and repeat
flexural checks)
No
Go to:
A
Chart 4
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Yes
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Yes
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Design
Step 3.18
Return to
Main Flowchart
Flowcharts
Start
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
Design
Step 4.1
Design
Step 4.2
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Includes:
Splice location
Girder section
properties
Material and bolt
properties
Left
Chart 5
Which adjacent
girder section is
smaller?
Right
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Design
Step 4.3
Includes:
Girder moments
Strength stresses and
forces
Service stresses and
forces
Fatigue stresses and
forces
Controlling and noncontrolling flange
Construction
moments and shears
Go to:
A
Flowcharts
Design
Step 4.4
Design Bottom
Flange Splice
6.13.6.1.4c
Check:
Yielding / fracture of
splice plates
Block shear rupture
resistance (S6.13.4)
Shear of flange bolts
Slip resistance
Minimum spacing
(6.13.2.6.1)
Maximum spacing for
sealing (6.13.2.6.2)
Maximum pitch for
stitch bolts (6.13.2.6.3)
Edge distance
(6.13.2.6.6)
Bearing at bolt holes
(6.13.2.9)
Fatigue of splice plates
(6.6.1)
Control of permanent
deflection (6.10.5.2)
Design
Step 4.5
Design Top
Flange Splice
S6.13.6.1.4c
Check:
Refer to
Design Step 4.4
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Design
Step 4.6
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Check:
Girder shear forces
Shear resistance for
strength
Web moments and
horizontal force
resultants for
strength, service and
fatigue
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Go to:
B
Design
Completed
Flowcharts
Design
Step 4.7
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
No
Go to:
A
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Yes
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Do all bolt
patterns satisfy all
specifications?
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
No
Go to:
A
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Yes
Design
Step 4.8
Return to
Main Flowchart
Flowcharts
Start
No
Composite
section?
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Yes
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Design
Step 5.1
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Design
Step 5.2
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Go to:
A
Flowcharts
Design includes:
Determine required
locations
Determine weld type
Compute factored
resistance (tension,
compression, and
shear)
Check effective area
(required and
minimum)
Check minimum
effective length
requirements
Are
diaphragms or
cross frames
required?
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
No
Chart 4
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Yes
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Design
Step 5.4
Design Cross-frames
S6.7.4
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Go to:
B
Design includes:
Obtain required
locations and spacing
(determined during
girder design)
Design cross frames
over supports and
intermediate cross
frames
Check transfer of
lateral wind loads
Check stability of girder
compression flanges
during erection
Check distribution of
vertical loads applied
to structure
Design cross frame
members
Design connections
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
No
Chart 1
Is lateral
bracing
required?
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Yes
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Design
Step 5.5
Chart 4
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Design includes:
Check transfer of
lateral wind loads
Check control of
deformation during
erection and placement
of deck
Design bracing
members
Design connections
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Design
Step 5.6
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Return to
Main Flowchart
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 6.1
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Includes:
Movement (longitudinal
and transverse)
Rotation (longitudinal,
transverse, and
vertical)
Loads (longitudinal,
transverse, and
vertical)
Are girder
splices
required?
Design
Step 6.2
Yes
Select Optimum
Bearing Type
S14.6.2
Steelreinforced
elastomeric
bearing?
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
No
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Yes
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Design
Step 6.3
Select Preliminary
Bearing Properties
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Design
Step 6.4
Go to:
B
Design selected
bearing type
in accordance
with S14.7.
Includes:
Pad length
Pad width
Thickness of
elastomeric layers
Number of steel
reinforcement layers
Thickness of steel
reinforcement layers
Edge distance
Material properties
Method A usually results in
a bearing with a lower
capacity than Method B.
However, Method B
requires additional testing
and quality control
(SC14.7.5.1).
Note:
Method A is described in S14.7.6.
Method B is described in S14.7.5.
Flowcharts
Design
Step 6.5
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
S14.7.5.1 or S14.7.6.1
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Design
Step 6.6
S14.7.5.3.2 or S14.7.6.3.2
Yes
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Go to:
A
No
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Yes
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Design
Step 6.7
Check Compressive
Deflection
S14.7.5.3.3 or S14.7.6.3.3
Includes both
instantaneous deflections
and long-term deflections.
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
No
Go to:
A
Yes
Go to:
C
Note:
Method A is described in S14.7.6.
Method B is described in S14.7.5.
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Design
Step 6.8
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
No
Go to:
A
Yes
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Design
Step 6.9
Chart 7
Check Rotation or
Combined Compression
and Rotation
S14.7.5.3.5 or S14.7.6.3.5
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Does the
bearing satisfy the
compression
and rotation
requirements?
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
No
Go to:
A
Yes
Design
Step 6.10
Check Stability
S14.7.5.3.6 or S14.7.6.3.6
Go to:
D
Note:
Method A is described in S14.7.6.
Method B is described in S14.7.5.
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Go to:
A
No
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Yes
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Design
Step 6.11
Check Reinforcement
S14.7.5.3.7 or S14.7.6.3.7
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
No
Go to:
A
Pier Design
Chart 8
Yes
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Method A
Design
Completed
Design
Step 6.12
Method A or
Method B?
Design
Step 6.12
S14.7.6.4
Design for
Seismic Provisions
S14.7.5.3.8
Go to:
E
Method B
Note:
Method A is described in S14.7.6.
Method B is described in S14.7.5.
Flowcharts
Is the
bearing
fixed?
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
No
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Yes
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Design
Step 6.13
Design Anchorage
for Fixed Bearings
S14.8.3
Design
Step 6.14
Draw Schematic of
Final Bearing Design
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Return to
Main Flowchart
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
Start
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Design
Step 7.2
Includes:
Concrete strength
Concrete density
Reinforcing steel
strength
Superstructure
information
Span information
Required abutment
height
Load information
Select Optimum
Abutment Type
Chart 4
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Reinforced
concrete cantilever
abutment?
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
No
Design selected
abutment type.
Pier Design
Chart 8
Yes
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Design
Step 7.3
Design
Step 7.4
Select Preliminary
Abutment Dimensions
Includes:
Backwall
Stem
Footing
Includes:
Dead load reactions
from superstructure
(DC and DW)
Abutment stem dead
load
Abutment footing dead
load
Go to:
A
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Design
Step 7.5
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Includes:
Braking force (S3.6.4)
Wind loads (on live load
and on superstructure)
(S3.8)
Earthquake loads
(S3.10)
Earth pressure (S3.11)
Live load surcharge
(S3.11.6.2)
Temperature loads
(S3.12)
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Design
Step 7.6
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Compute Other
Load Effects
S3.6 - S3.12
Yes
Design
Step 7.7
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Pile
foundation
or spread
footing?
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Spread
footing
Design spread
footing.
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Pile foundation
Design
Step 7.8
Considerations include:
Overall stability
Pile requirements (axial
resistance and lateral
resistance)
Overturning
Uplift
Go to:
B
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Design
Step 7.9
Chart 1
Design includes:
Design for flexure
Design for shear
Check crack control
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Design
Step 7.10
Design includes:
Design for flexure
Design for shear
Check crack control
Yes
Is a pile
foundation being
used?
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Yes
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
No
Go to:
Design Step P
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Design
Step 7.11
Design
Step 7.12
Design includes:
Design for flexure
Design for shear
Check crack control
Draw Schematic of
Final Abutment Design
Return to
Main Flowchart
Flowcharts
Start
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Design
Step 8.1
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Includes:
Concrete strength
Concrete density
Reinforcing steel
strength
Superstructure
information
Span information
Required pier height
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Design
Step 8.2
Select Optimum
Pier Type
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Reinforced
concrete
hammerhead
pier?
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
No
Yes
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Design selected
pier type.
Design
Step 8.3
Select Preliminary
Pier Dimensions
Chart 10
Includes:
Pier cap
Pier column
Pier footing
Design
Completed
Design
Step 8.4
Includes:
Dead load reactions
from superstructure
(DC and DW)
Pier cap dead load
Pier column dead load
Pier footing dead load
Go to:
A
Flowcharts
Design
Step 8.5
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Design
Step 8.6
Compute Other
Load Effects
S3.6 - S3.14
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Design
Step 8.7
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Chart 10
Includes:
Centrifugal forces
(S3.6.3)
Braking force (S3.6.4)
Vehicular collision force
(S3.6.5)
Water loads (S3.7)
Wind loads (on live
load, on superstructure,
and on pier) (S3.8)
Ice loads (S3.9)
Earthquake loads
(S3.10)
Earth pressure (S3.11)
Temperature loads
(S3.12)
Vessel collision (S3.14)
S3.4.1
Chart 8
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Design
Step 8.8
Design
Completed
Design
Step 8.9
Design includes:
Design for flexure
(negative)
Design for shear and
torsion (stirrups and
longitudinal torsion
reinforcement)
Check crack control
Design includes:
Slenderness
considerations
Interaction of axial and
moment resistance
Design for shear
Go to:
B
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
Is a pile
foundation being
used?
General Information
Chart 1
Yes
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Design
Step 8.10
S10.7
No
Chart 4
Go to:
Design Step P
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Design
Step 8.11
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Design includes:
Design for flexure
Design for shear (oneway and two-way)
Crack control
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Design
Step 8.12
Draw Schematic of
Final Pier Design
Return to
Main Flowchart
Flowcharts
Start
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Design
Step 9.1
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Design
Step 9.2
Design Bridge
Deck Drainage
S2.6.6
Yes
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Considerations presented
in Design of Bridge Deck
Drainage, HEC 21,
Publication No. FHWA-SA92-010, include:
Design rainfall
intensity, i
Width of area being
drained, Wp
Longitudinal grade of
the deck, S
Cross-slope of the
deck, Sx
Design spread, T
Manning's roughness
coefficient, n
Runoff coefficient, C
No
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Yes
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Design
Step 9.3
Design Bridge
Lighting
Go to:
A
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
Is bridge lighting
required?
General Information
Chart 1
No
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Yes
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Chart 4
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Design
Step 9.4
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
No
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Yes
Design
Step 9.5
Return to
Main Flowchart
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Develop Special Provisions
Step 10.1
Yes
Does the
client have any
standard special
provisions?
Includes:
Develop list of required
special provisions
Obtain standard
special provisions from
client
Develop remaining
special provisions
No
Develop new
special provisions as
needed.
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step 10
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Design
Step 10.2
Compute Estimated
Construction Cost
Chart 4
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Return to
Main Flowchart
Includes:
Obtain list of item
numbers and item
descriptions from client
Develop list of project
items
Compute estimated
quantities
Determine estimated
unit prices
Determine contingency
percentage
Compute estimated
total construction cost
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step P.1
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Define Subsurface
Conditions and Any
Geometric Constraints
S10.4
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Design
Step P.2
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Bolted Field
Splice Design
Chart 4
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Design
Step P.3
Chart 5
Bearing Design
S3
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Design
Step P.4
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Refer to FHWA-HI-96-033,
Section 7.3.
S10.6.2.2
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Design
Step P.5
Go to:
B
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Bolted Field
Splice Design
Chart 4
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Design
Step P.8
Determine Factored
Axial Structural Resistance
for Single Pile
S6.5.4.2
Design
Step P.9
Determine Factored
Axial Geotechnical
Resistance for Single Pile
STable 10.5.5-2
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Design
Step P.10
Go to:
C
Flowcharts
Go to:
A
No
Is pile driveable to
minimum of ultimate
geotechnical or structural
resistance without pile
damage?
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Chart 1
Yes
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
D
Yes
Design
Step P.11
Bolted Field
Splice Design
Chart 4
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
No
Go to:
A
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Yes
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Go to:
E
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Design
Step P.12
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Design
Step P.13
Bolted Field
Splice Design
Chart 4
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Design
Step P.14
Check Geotechnical
Axial Capacity
S10.5.3
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Design
Step P.15
Check Structural
Axial Capacity
S6.5.4.2, C6.15.2 &
S6.15.3.1
Design
Step P.16
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
Go to:
F
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Design
Step P.17
Check Structural
Shear Capacity
Design
Step P.18
Check Maximum
Horizontal and Vertical
Deflection of Pile Group
S10.5.2 & S10.7.2.2
Design
Step P.19
Additional Miscellaneous
Design Issues
Chart 1
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Bolted Field
Splice Design
Chart 4
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
No
Go to:
D
Design
Completed
Yes
Go to:
G
Flowcharts
Start
Design
Step 1
Design
Step 2
Design
Step 3
No
Design
Step 4
Design
Step 5
Design
Step 6
Design
Step 7
Design
Step 8
Design
Step 9
Design
Step
10
General Information
Chart 1
Is pile system
optimized?
No
Go to:
D
Concrete Deck
Design
Chart 2
Steel Girder Design
Chart 3
Are girder
splices
required?
Yes
Yes
Bolted Field
Splice Design
Chart 4
Return to
Abutment or Pier
Flowchart
Miscellaneous Steel
Design
Chart 5
Bearing Design
Chart 6
Abutment and
Wingwall Design
Chart 7
Pier Design
Chart 8
Miscellaneous
Design
Chart 9
Special Provisions
and Cost Estimate
Chart 10
Design
Completed
1
6
9
10
10
11
12
Introduction
Design Step 1 is the first of several steps that illustrate the design
procedures used for a steel girder bridge. This design step serves
as an introduction to this design example and it provides general
information about the bridge design.
Purpose
The purpose of this project is to provide a basic design example for
a steel girder bridge as an informational tool for the practicing bridge
engineer. The example is also aimed at assisting the bridge
engineer with the transition from Load Factor Design (LFD) to Load
and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD).
AASHTO References
For uniformity and simplicity, this design example is based on the
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications (Second Edition,
1998, including interims for 1999 through 2002). References to the
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications are included
throughout the design example. AASHTO references are presented
in a dedicated column in the right margin of each page, immediately
adjacent to the corresponding design procedure. The following
abbreviations are used in the AASHTO references:
1-1
S designates specifications
STable designates a table within the specifications
SFigure designates a figure within the specifications
SEquation designates an equation within the specifications
SAppendix designates an appendix within the specifications
C designates commentary
CTable designates a table within the commentary
CFigure designates a figure within the commentary
CEquation designates an equation within the commentary
State-specific specifications are generally not used in this design
example. Any exceptions are clearly noted.
Design Methodology
This design example is based on Load and Resistance Factor
Design (LRFD), as presented in the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design
Specifications. The following is a general comparison between the
primary design methodologies:
Service Load Design (SLD) or Allowable Stress Design (ASD)
generally treats each load on the structure as equal from the
viewpoint of statistical variability. The safety margin is primarily built
into the capacity or resistance of a member rather than the loads.
Load Factor Design (LFD) recognizes that certain design loads,
such as live load, are more highly variable than other loads, such as
dead load. Therefore, different multipliers are used for each load
type. The resistance, based primarily on the estimated peak
resistance of a member, must exceed the combined load.
Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) takes into account both
the statistical mean resistance and the statistical mean loads. The
fundamental LRFD equation includes a load modifier (), load factors
(), force effects (Q), a resistance factor (), a nominal resistance
(Rn), and a factored resistance (Rr = Rn). LRFD provides a more
uniform level of safety throughout the entire bridge, in which the
measure of safety is a function of the variability of the loads and the
resistance.
Detailed Outline and Flowcharts
Each step in this design example is based on a detailed outline and
a series of flowcharts that were developed for this project.
1-2
S1.3
1-3
Design Parameters
The following is a list of parameters upon which this design example
is based:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
1-4
MPa = 1000Pa
1-5
HL-93
Deck width:
wdeck = 14288mm
Roadway width:
wroadway = 13412mm
Bridge length:
Ltotal = 73152 mm
Skew angle:
Skew = 0deg
Fy = 345MPa
STable 6.4.1-1
Fu = 450MPa
STable 6.4.1-1
S3.6
Concrete 28-day
compressive strength:
f' c = 28MPa
Reinforcement
strength:
fy = 420MPa
Steel density:
Ws = 7850
Concrete density:
Wc = 2400
S5.4.2.1
kg
STable 3.5.1-1
kg
STable 3.5.1-1
kg
m
Wpar = 789
Wfws = 2250
Future wearing
surface thickness:
kg
STable 3.5.1-1
R = 1.0
S1.3.2.1
I = 1.0
and
0.95
SEquation
1.3.2.1-2
1
D R I
and
1.00
1-7
SEquation
1.3.2.1-3
Load factors:
Load Combinations and Load Factors
Load Factors
Limit State
DC
DW
LL
IM
Max. Min. Max. Min.
Strength I
1.25 0.90 1.50 0.65 1.75 1.75
Strength III 1.25 0.90 1.50 0.65
Strength V 1.25 0.90 1.50 0.65 1.35 1.35
Service I
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Service II
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.30 1.30
Fatigue
0.75 0.75
WS
WL
1.40
0.40
0.30
-
1.00
1.00
-
Material
S5.5.4.2 &
S6.5.4.2
Resistance Factors
Type of Resistance
Resistance Factor,
For flexure
f = 1.00
For shear
v = 1.00
c = 0.90
For bearing
b = 1.00
f = 0.90
v = 0.90
Structural
steel
a = 0.75
= 0.75 to 0.90
(linear interpolation)
1-8
STable 3.6.1.1.2-1
1.20
1.00
0.85
0.65
STable 3.6.2.1-1
1-9
CL Bearings
Abutment 1
E
CL Bearings
Abutment 2
CL Pier
36576 mm
36576 mm
73152 mm
Legend:
E = Expansion Bearings
F = Fixed Bearings
Some clients require a Type, Size and Location study for the purpose
of approval. The Type, Size and Location study includes preliminary
configurations for the superstructure and substructure components
relative to highway geometry constraints and site conditions. Details
of this study for the superstructure include selecting the girder types,
determining the girder spacing, computing the approximate required
girder span and depth, and checking vertical clearance.
Although a Type, Size and Location study may not be required by the
client, these determinations must still be made by the engineer before
proceeding to the next design step.
For this design example, the superstructure cross section is
presented in Figure 1-2. This superstructure cross section was
selected to illustrate selected design criteria and the established
geometry constraints. When selecting the girder spacing,
consideration was given to half-width deck replacement.
14288 mm
3048 mm
Shoulder
3658 mm
Lane
3658 mm
Lane
3048 mm
Shoulder
438 mm
1067 mm (Typ.)
1200 mm
1-11
1200 mm
1-12
Table of Contents
Page
Design Step 2.1 Design Step 2.2 Design Step 2.3 Design Step 2.4 Design Step 2.5 Design Step 2.6 Design Step 2.7 -
2-1
2
5
5
5
5
7
9
15
17
21
22
25
42
43
44
46
47
49
51
2-2
S4.6.2
14288 mm
3658 mm
Lane
3048 mm
Shoulder
3658 mm
Lane
3048 mm
Shoulder
438 mm
1067 mm (Typ.)
1200 mm
1200 mm
S = 2972mm
Number of girders:
ng = 5
Covert = 60mm
STable 5.12.3-1
Coverb = 25mm
STable 5.12.3-1
Concrete density:
Wc = 2400
kg
STable 3.5.1-1
Concrete 28-day
compressive strength:
f' c = 28MPa
S5.4.2.1
Reinforcement
strength:
fy = 420MPa
Future wearing
surface:
Wfws = 2250
kg
3
2-3
STable 3.5.1-1
Parapet properties:
kg
m
Wpar = 789
Width at base:
wbase = 438mm
Moment capacity
at base*:
Mco = 125478N
Parapet height:
Hpar = 1067mm
mm
mm
Lc = 3600mm (calculated in
Design Step 2.12)
SA13.3.1
Rw = 522.22kN (calculated in
Design Step 2.12)
SA13.3.1
Deck top cover - The concrete top cover is set at 60 millimeters since
the bridge deck may be exposed to deicing salts and/or tire stud or
chain wear. This includes the 13 millimeter integral wearing surface
that is required.
STable 5.12.3-1
STable 5.12.3-1
S5.4.2.1
STable 3.5.1-1
2-4
STable C5.4.2.1-1
S9.7.1.1
S13.7.3.1.2
to = 200mm
Design Step 2.4 - Select Slab and Overhang Thickness
Once the minimum slab and overhang thicknesses are computed, they
can be increased as needed based on client standards and design
computations. The following slab and overhang thicknesses will be
assumed for this design example:
ts = 215mm
and
to = 230mm
STable 3.5.1-1
STable 3.4.1-2
2-6
FWS DEAD
LOAD
PARAPET
DEAD
LOAD
SLAB DEAD
LOAD
-3158
-7384
BAY 4
BAY 1
-267
-1068
-801
-1068
BAY 1
BAY 2
BAY 3
BAY 4
-489
-311
-534
178
979
-712
1779
-6450
-1334
-1379
-1334
-1468
0.1
44
-89
489
89
-400
1468
-5516
44
44
89
-44
0.2
356
311
222
667
-845
-89
1156
-4581
1068
1068
1068
979
0.3
623
445
400
756
-1779
222
845
-3647
1646
1690
1690
1601
0.4
756
489
489
756
-2713
534
534
-2713
1824
1868
1868
1824
0.5
756
400
445
623
-3647
845
222
-1779
1601
1690
1690
1646
0.6
667
222
311
356
-4581
1156
-89
-845
979
1068
1068
1068
0.7
1913
BAY 4
-1023
-3203
BAY 3
BAY 3
-3158
BAY 2
2091
-3292
BAY 1
BAY 2
0.0
DISTANCE
489
-89
44
-5516
1468
-400
89
-44
89
44
44
0.8
178
-534
-311
-489
-6450
1779
-712
979
-1468
-1334
-1379
-1334
0.9
-267
-1068
-801
-1068
-7384
2091
-1023
1913
-3292
-3158
-3203
-3158
1.0
S3.6.1.3.1
S3.6.1.3.1
IM = 0.33
STable 3.6.2.1-1
LL = 1.75
STable 3.4.1-1
STable 3.6.1.1.2-1
str = 0.90
S5.5.4.2
serv = 1.00
S1.3.2.1
ext = 1.00
S1.3.2.1
Based on the above information and based on S4.6.2.1, the live load
effects for one and two trucks are tabulated in Table 2-2. The live load
effects are given for tenth points for Bays 1 through 4. Multiple
presence factors are included, but dynamic load allowance is excluded.
2-7
2-8
MIN.
MOMENT
MAX.
MOMENT
MIN.
MOMENT
-38483 -26862 -23052 -19228 -15431 -11621 -12475 -15472 -18482 -21479 -36775
-36788 -21493 -18482 -15486 -12475 -11214 -14875 -18550 -22225 -25900 -38470
-38660 -20489 -18279 -16055 -13858 -11648
5912
2766
-3960
3458
-29113 -16394
-39812 -22944 -11567
-37860 -23567 -10875
-39866 -24855 -11092
BAY 2
BAY 3
BAY 4
BAY 1
BAY 2
BAY 3
BAY 4
BAY 1
BAY 2
BAY 3
BAY 4
3119
9926
10821
23649
-3675
6224
10482
23188
30320
-5017
-9750
-8692
-1749
-4393
14211
22659
26117
35731
-7227
21954
-8407
-7011
-3254
-5736
24354
26320
28734
35161
-9438
35446
49657
39704
49684
34429
41263
28042
24883
23093
10631
8150
4909
5519
7892
-7065
-5316
-4760
-7065
28381
29344
29452
28490
-5722
-3634
-6265
-8407
35039
28883
26550
28761
-9438
-4393
-1953
-7783
-9750
35880
25967
27771
18984
-7227
16936
10902
9750
2793
-2820
3607
3092
-3892
3092
-597
-3051
-2848
-1709
-366
-19581 -39093
30266
23025
20530
6102
-5017
42172
38158
36883
6170
-34917 -19594
15811
38158
37968
7702
BAY 1
7539
37114
38321
24544
1.0
6170
24706
39446
36788
0.9
BAY 4
8434
34659
44043
0.8
8190
28313
42307
0.7
BAY 3
10482
49847
0.6
5519
49413
0.5
BAY 2
41399
0.4
Table 2-2 Unfactored Live Load Moments (Excluding Dynamic Load Allowance) (N-mm x 1000)
TWO TRUCKS
(MULTIPLE
PRESENCE
FACTOR OF 1.00
INCLUDED)
SINGLE TRUCK
(MULTIPLE
PRESENCE
FACTOR OF 1.20
INCLUDED)
MAX.
MOMENT
31107
0.3
7621
0.2
BAY 1
0.1
0.0
DISTANCE
S1.3.2.1
Overhang Moment
= 1140.0 + 0.833X
Positive Moment
= 660.0 + 0.55S
Negative Moment
= 1220.0 + 0.25S
STable 4.6.2.1.3-1
S = 2972 mm
Use
mm
wposstripa = 2295mm
49847000N mm
wposstripa
N mm
mm
N
845 mm ...
+
pDCmax
mm
N mm
+ pDWmax 400
mm
Muposdead = 3769
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
2-10
STable 4.6.2.1.3-1
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
= 5.1 %
2-11
STable A4.1-1
Method A or Method B
It can be seen that the tabulated values based on
STable A4.1-1 (Method B) are slightly greater than the
computed live load values using a finite element
analysis program (Method A). For real world deck
design, Method B would be preferred over Method A
due to the amount of time that would be saved by not
having to develop a finite element model. Since the
time was spent to develop the finite element model for
this deck design, the Method A values will be used.
Factored Negative Design Moment Using Table 2-2 - Method A
Factored negative live load moment:
The deck design section for a steel beam for negative moments
and shear forces is taken as one-quarter of the top flange width
from the centerline of the web.
S4.6.2.1.6
bf
bf
Design
section
S4.6.2.1.6
CL web
2-12
Assume
bf = 300mm
1
bf = 75 mm
4
S = 2972 mm
or
wnegstripa = 1963mm
MunegliveA = 47269
39866000N mm
wnegstripa
N mm
mm
N mm
+ pDCmax 7384
...
mm
N mm
+ pDWmax 267
mm
Munegdead = 13746
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
2-13
STable 4.6.2.1.3-1
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
= 8.4 %
2-14
STable A4.1-1
Method A or Method B
It can be seen that the tabulated values based on
STable A4.1-1 (Method B) are slightly greater than the
computed live load values using a finite element
analysis program (Method A). For real world deck
design, Method B would be preferred over Method A
due to the amount of time that would be saved by not
having to develop a finite element model. Since the
time was spent to develop the finite element model for
this deck design, the Method A values will be used.
Design Step 2.8 - Design for Positive Flexure in Deck
The first step in designing the positive flexure steel is to assume a bar
size. From this bar size, the required area of steel (As) can be
calculated. Once the required area of steel is known, the required bar
spacing can be calculated.
2-15
de = ts Coverb
bar_diam
13mm
2
de = 169 mm
Solve for the required amount of reinforcing steel, as follows:
MupostotalA = 54322N
f = 0.90
S5.5.4.2.1
b = 1mm
Rn =
MupostotalA 1mm
( f b de 2 )
Rn = 2.112
N
mm
f'c
( 2 Rn)
1.0 1.0
( 0.85 f'c)
fy
= 0.85
= 0.00527
Note: The above two equations are derived formulas that can be found
in most reinforced concrete textbooks.
2
A s = de
mm
As = 0.892
mm
bar_area
= 223 mm
As
T
0.85 f' c bar_space
S5.7.3.3.1
T = 83580N
a = 18 mm
1 = 0.85
S5.7.2.2
2-16
c =
a
1
c = 20.7 mm
c
= 0.12
de
where
0.12 0.42
OK
S5.7.2.2
c
0.42
de
S5.7.3.3.1
S5.7.3.4
N
mm
Z = 23000
dc = 25mm +
bar_diam
2
dc = 33 mm
Ac = 2 ( dc) bar_space
Ac = 13180mm
The equation that gives the allowable reinforcement service load stress
for crack control is:
fsa =
Z
1
where
fsa 0.6 fy
( dc Ac) 3
fsa = 304 MPa
Use
fsa = 252MPa
2-17
33mm.
215mm.
#16 bars
diameter = 15.9 mm
cross-sectional area = 199 mm 2
200mm.
200mm.
200mm.
S5.4.3.2
Ec = 25399MPa
S5.4.2.4
n =
Use
Es
Ec
n=8
n = 8
49847000N mm
wposstripa
N mm
mm
2-18
STable 3.4.1-1
pDWserv = 1.0
STable 3.4.1-1
N mm
...
mm
N mm
+ pDCserv 845
...
mm
N mm
+ pDWserv 400
mm
Muposdead = 2935
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
mm
As = 0.995
mm
de = 169mm
=
k =
As
b
de
mm
n=8
= 0.00589
( n) 2 + ( 2 n ) n
k = 0.263
k de = 45 mm
2-19
45 mm
13 mm
Neutral
axis
124 mm
33 mm
215 mm
As = 0.995
It =
mm
mm
1
3
2
( k d e ) + n A s ( de k de )
3
4
mm
It = 152756
mm
fs =
N mm
mm
y = de k de
n ( MupostotalA y)
fs = 207 MPa
It
fsa > fs
OK
2-20
y = 124 mm
S4.6.2.1
Effective depth, de = total slab thickness - top cover - 1/2 bar diameter
de = ts Covert
bar_diam
2
de = 147 mm
S5.5.4.2.1
b = 1mm
Rn =
MunegtotalA 1mm
( f b de 2 )
Rn = 3.135
N
mm
f'c
( 2 Rn)
1.0 1.0
( 0.85 f'c)
fy
= 0.85
= 0.00803
2-21
A s = de
As = 1.181
mm
mm
bar_area
= 168 mm
As
T = 83580N
T
0.85 f' c bar_space
a = 23 mm
1 = 0.85
c =
S5.7.3.3.1
S5.7.2.2
a
1
c = 28 mm
c
= 0.19
de
where
0.19 0.42
OK
S5.7.2.2
c
0.42
de
S5.7.3.3.1
S5.7.3.4
N
mm
2-22
S5.7.3.4
bar_diam
2
dc = 50mm +
dc = 58 mm
Ac = 2 ( dc) bar_space
fsa =
Ac = 17385mm
fsa 0.6 fy
where
( dc Ac) 3
fsa = 229 MPa
Use
fsa = 229MPa
STable 3.4.1-1
MunegliveA = LL ( 1 + IM)
MunegliveA = 27011
39866000N mm
wnegstripa
N mm
mm
pDWservice = 1.0
STable 3.4.1-1
N mm
N mm
7384
...
mm
mm
N mm
+ pDWservice 267
mm
2-23
Munegdead = 10943
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
2
de = 147mm
=
k =
As
b
de
mm
mm
As = 1.327
mm
n=8
= 0.00903
( n) 2 + ( 2 n ) n
k = 0.315
101mm
#16 bars @
150 mm spacing
Neutral
axis
46mm
215mm
68mm
k de = 46 mm
2-24
As = 1.327
It =
mm
mm
1
3
2
( k d e ) + n A s ( de k de )
3
4
It = 140736
mm
mm
fs =
N mm
mm
y = de k de
y = 101 mm
n ( MunegtotalA y)
fs = 217 MPa
It
fsa > fs
OK
2-25
SA13.4.1
CA13.3.1
1200mm
438mm
Parapet C.G.
300mm
457mm
156.5mm
Wheel load
75mm
75mm
230mm
215mm
Overhang
design
section
Bay 1
design
section
2-26
SA13.4.1
S1.3.2.1
pDC = 1.25
STable 3.4.1-2
Mco = 125478
N mm
(see parapet properties)
mm
MDCdeck = pDC
MDCdeck = 649
3
m
N mm
mm
MDCpar = 2723
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
2-27
SA13.4.2
Rw
Lc + 2Hpar
Before the axial tensile force can be calculated, the terms Lc and Rw
need to be defined.
Lc is the critical wall length over which the yield line mechanism occurs: SA13.3.1
2
Lt 8 H ( Mb + Mw H)
Lc =
+
+
2
Mc
2
Lt
Since the parapet is not designed in this design example, the variables
involved in this calculation are given below:
Lt = 1220
Mb = 0
ft
N mm *
Mc = 26688
N mm *
mm
height of parapet
Lt
Lc = 3600
mm
2-28
SATable 13.2-1
Rw is the total transverse resistance of the railing and is calculated using SA13.3.1
the following equation for impacts within a wall segment:
2
Mc Lc
2
Rw =
8 Mb + 8Mw H +
H
2 Lc L t
Rw = 180096 N
use
Rw = 180096N
SA13.4.2
N
mm
to = 230 mm
bar_diam = 15.9mm
de = to Covert
bar_diam
2
de = 162 mm
Mutotal 1mm
Rn = 4.91
( ext b de2)
N
mm
f'c
( 2 Rn)
1.0 1.0
( 0.85 f'c)
fy
= 0.85
= 0.0132
2
A s = de
As = 2.143
mm
mm
mm
Use As = 2.653
mm
Once the required area of steel is known, the depth of the compression
block must be checked:
Ta = As fy
Ta = 1114
C = Ta T
C = 1023
a =
C
0.85 f' c b
Mn = Ta de
Mr = ext Mn
a
1
N
mm
Use
C = 1023N
a = 43 mm
a
de a
T
2
2 2
Mr = 151197
Mr Mutotal
c =
N
mm
Mn = 151197
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
OK
c = 51 mm
c
= 0.31
de
where
0.31 0.42
OK
S5.7.2.2
c
0.42
de
2-30
S5.7.3.3.1
1200mm
438mm
682mm
75mm
230mm
215mm
30
396mm
Lc = 3600mm
396mm
30
2-31
S1.3.2.1
pDC = 1.25
STable 3.4.1-2
pDW = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
Lc = 3600mm
Mco = 125478
McB =
Mco Lc
Lc + 2 396mm
McB = 102851
N mm
mm
MDCdeck = pDC
MDCdeck = 4282
N mm
mm
MDCpar = 9367
N mm
mm
MDWfws = pDW
MDWfws = 496
N mm
mm
2-32
N mm
mm
SA13.4.2
Rw
Lc + 2Hpar + 2 ( 396mm)
T = 27.60
N
mm
to = 230 mm
bar_diam = 15.9mm
de = to Covert
bar_diam
2
de = 162 mm
Mutotal 1mm
( ext b de2)
Rn = 4.46
N
mm
f'c
( 2 Rn)
1.0 1.0
( 0.85 f'c)
fy
= 0.85
= 0.0118
2
A s = de
mm
As = 1.920
mm
M2
M1
N mm
mm
M1 = Mco
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
Par2
Par1
M2 = M1
M2 = 35533
N mm
mm
2-34
McM2M1 = 121415
( Mco + M2)
2972mm
N mm
mm
S1.3.2.1
pDC = 1.25
STable 3.4.1-2
pDW = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
McM2M1 = 121415
McC =
N mm
mm
McM2M1 Lc
McC = 95644
Lc + 2 ( 485mm)
MDCdeck = 4115
N mm
mm
MDCpar = 9230
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
MDWfws = 401
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
2-35
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
SA13.4.2
Rw
Lc + 2Hpar + 2 ( 485mm)
T = 26.86
N
mm
ts = 215 mm
bar_diam = 15.9mm
de = ts Covert
bar_diam
2
de = 147 mm
Mutotal 1mm
( ext b de2)
Rn = 5.06
mm
f'c
( 2 Rn)
1.0 1.0
( 0.85 f'c)
fy
= 0.85
= 0.0137
2
A s = de
As = 2.015
mm
mm
2-36
SA13.4.1
SA13.4.1
S5.5.4.2.1
str = 0.90
The equivalent strip for live load on an overhang is:
STable 4.6.2.1.3-1
X = 457 mm
mm
use
woverstrip = 1521mm
STable 3.6.1.1.2-1
STable 3.6.2.1-1
STable 3.4.1-1
pDC = 1.25
STable 3.4.1-2
pDW = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
MDCdeck = pDC
2-37
MDCdeck = 4282
N mm
mm
MDCpar = 9367
N mm
mm
MDWfws = 496
N mm
mm
71168N
457mm
w
overstrip
N mm
mm
Mutotal = 73868
N mm
mm
bar_diam = 15.9mm
de = to Covert
bar_diam
2
de = 162 mm
b = 1mm
Rn =
Mutotal 1mm
( str b de2)
Rn = 3.13
N
mm
2-38
f'c
( 2 Rn)
1.0 1.0
( 0.85 f'c)
fy
= 0.85
= 0.00801
2
A s = de
As = 1.298
mm
mm
ts = 215 mm
The dead and live load moments are taken from Tables 2-1 and 2-2.
The maximum negative live load moment occurs in Bay 4. Since the
negative live load moment is produced by a load on the overhang,
compute the equivalent strip based on a moment arm to the centerline
of girder.
Design factored moment:
LL = 1.75
STable 3.4.1-1
pDC = 1.25
STable 3.4.1-2
pDW = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
X = 457 mm
mm use
woverstrip = 1521mm
2-39
MDCdeck = 4115
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
MLL = LL ( 1 + IM)
MLL = 61005
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
MDCpar = 9230
MDWfws = 401
N mm
mm
( 39866000N mm)
woverstrip
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
bar_diam = 15.9mm
de = ts Covert
bar_diam
2
de = 147 mm
b = 1mm
2-40
Rn =
Mutotal 1mm
Rn = 3.84
( str b de2)
mm
f'c
( 2 Rn)
1.0 1.0
( 0.85 f'c)
fy
= 0.85
= 0.0100
2
A s = de
As = 1.475
mm
mm
The above required reinforcing steel is less than the reinforcing steel
required for Cases 1A, 1B, and 1C.
The required area of reinforcing steel in the overhang is the largest of
that required for Cases 1A, 1B, 1C, 3A, and 3B.
2
mm
As = 2.653
mm
150mm
Asneg = bar_area
2
mm
Asneg = 1.327
mm
2
mm
mm
1.327
< 2.653
mm
mm
Bundle one #16 bar to each negative flexure reinforcing bar in the
overhang area.
150mm
mm
As = 2.653
mm
Once the required area of reinforcing steel is known, the depth of the
compression block must be checked. The ratio of c/de is more critical
at the minimum deck thickness, so c/de will be checked in Bay 1 where
the deck thickness is 215 millimeters.
demin = ts Covert
bar_diam
2
demin = 147 mm
T = As fy
T = 1114
N
Use
mm
a =
T
0.85 f' c b
a = 47 mm
c =
a
1
c = 55 mm
c
demin
= 0.37
0.37 0.42
where
T = 1114N
S5.7.2.2
c
0.42
de
OK
2-42
S5.7.3.3.1
150mm
As = bar_area
2
mm
As = 1.327
mm
bar_diam
2
de = ts Covert
de = 147 mm
T = As fy
a =
T = 557
T
0.85 f' c b
Mn = As fy de
Mn = 75416
N
mm
Use
T = 557N
a = 23 mm
a
2
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
2-43
S5.11.1.2
1
( 2972mm) = 149 mm
20
cut_off = 239mm
Use
The total required length past the centerline of the fascia girder into the
first bay is:
cut_offtotal = 1143mm + cut_off
cut_offtotal = 1382 mm
Design Step 2.15 - Compute Overhang Development Length
db = 15.9 in
Ab = 199 mm
f' c = 28 MPa
fy = 420 MPa
The basic development length is the larger of the following:
0.02 Ab fy
f' c
Use
= 316
mm or 0.06 db fy = 401
mm or
S5.11.2.1.1
300mm
ld = 401mm
S5.11.2
1.2
S5.11.2.1.2
Bundled bars:
1.2
S5.11.2.3
2-44
S5.11.2.1.3
Use
ld = 465mm
The required length past the centerline of the fascia girder is:
75mm + ld = 540 mm
540mm < 1382mm
Bay 1
design
section
provided
540mm
75mm
#16 bars @
150mm
(bundled bars)
1143mm
1382mm
2-45
239mm Cut-off
length
Bottom Longitudinal
Distribution Reinforcement
3840
Se
Asbotpercent = 72.3 %
Use
Asbotpercent = 67%
For this design example, #16 bars at 200 mm were used to resist the
primary positive moment.
bar_diam = 15.9mm
bar_area = 199mm
As_mm = bar_area
200mm
2-46
S9.7.3.2
mm
As_mm = 0.995
mm
mm
Asbotlong = 0.667
mm
bar_area
Asbotlong
spacing = 299 mm
Use
spacing = 250mm
Use #16 bars at 250 millimeter spacing for the bottom longitudinal
reinforcement.
Design Step 2.17 - Design Top Longitudinal Distribution
Reinforcement
Top Longitudinal
Distribution Reinforcement
2-47
Ag
fy
mm
Ag = 215mm 1
mm
mm
Ag = 215
mm
Ag
mm
0.75
= 0.38
fy
mm
mm
0.38
mm
Asreq =
2
Asreq = 0
mm
mm
250mm
2
Asact = 129 mm
2
Asact = 1
mm
mm
mm
mm
0.52
> 0.19
mm
mm
OK
Use #13 bars at 250 mm spacing for the top longitudinal temperature
and shrinkage reinforcement.
2-48
S5.10.8.2
Longitudinal
Reinforcement over Piers
215mm 1mm
mm
2
Adeck = 215
mm
mm
mm
As_1_percent = 2
mm
2-49
S6.10.3.7
mm
2 A
s_1_percent = 1
mm
3
mm
1 A
s_1_percent = 1
mm
3
125mm
Asprovided = 199mm
2
mm
Asprovided = 2
mm
>
mm
1.43
mm
OK
Use #16 bars at 125 mm spacing in the bottom layer to satisfy the
maximum spacing requirement of 150 mm.
1
125mm
Asprovided = 199mm
2
mm
Asprovided = 2
mm
>
mm
0.72
mm
OK
2-50
S6.10.3.7
#16 @ 150mm
(bundled bar)
63.5mm Cl.
230mm
#16 @ 150mm
1382mm
25mm Cl.
#16 @ 250mm
215mm
#16 @ 200mm
#13 @ 250mm
63.5mm Cl.
#16 @ 125mm
(bundled bar)
230mm
#16 @ 125mm
#16 @ 125mm
#16 @ 125mm
1382mm
25mm Cl.
215mm
#16 @ 200mm
2-51
2
8
10
14
20
27
35
37
39
40
44
44
44
47
48
56
57
60
61
63
67
72
76
78
81
83
87
CL Bearings
Abutment 1
E
CL Bearings
Abutment 2
CL Pier
36576mm
36576mm
73152mm
Legend:
E = Expansion Bearings
F = Fixed Bearings
3658 mm
Lane
3658 mm
Lane
3048 mm
Shoulder
438 mm
1067 mm (Typ.)
1200 mm
3-2
1200 mm
Girder Spacing
Where depth or deflection limitations do not control the
design, it is generally more cost-effective to use a
wider girder spacing. For this design example, the
girder spacing shown in Figure 3-2 was developed as
a reasonable value for all limit states. Four girders are
generally considered to be the minimum, and five
girders are desirable to facilitate future redecking.
Further optimization of the superstructure could be
achieved by revising the girder spacing.
Overhang Width
The overhang width is generally determined such that
the moments and shears in the exterior girder are
similar to those in the interior girder. In addition, the
overhang is set such that the positive and negative
moments in the deck slab are balanced. A common
rule of thumb is to make the overhang approximately
0.35 to 0.5 times the girder spacing.
Symmetrical about C
L Pier
4 Spaces at
2972mm = 11888mm
CL Girder (Typ.)
6 Spaces at 6096mm = 36576mm
36576mm
CL Bearing Abutment
CL Pier
3-3
Cross-frame Spacing
A common rule of thumb, based on previous editions
of the AASHTO Specifications, is to use a maximum
cross-frame spacing of 7600 millimeters.
For this design example, a cross-frame spacing of
6100 millimeters is used because it facilitates a
reduction in the required flange thicknesses in the
girder section at the pier.
This spacing also affects constructibility checks for
stability before the deck is cured. Currently,
stay-in-place forms should not be considered to
provide adequate bracing to the top flange.
The following units are defined for use in this design example:
kN = 1000 N
MPa =
mm
Design criteria:
Number of spans:
Nspans = 2
Span length:
Lspan = 36576mm
Skew angle:
Skew = 0deg
Number of girders:
Ngirders = 5
Girder spacing:
S = 2972mm
Deck overhang:
Soverhang = 1200mm
Cross-frame spacing:
Lb = 6100mm
S6.7.4
Fyw = 345MPa
STable 6.4.1-1
Fyf = 345MPa
STable 6.4.1-1
Concrete 28-day
compressive strength:
f' c = 28MPa
S5.4.2.1 &
STable C5.4.2.1-1
Reinforcement
strength:
fy = 420MPa
3-4
tdeck = 215mm
teffoverhang = 217mm
Steel density:
Ws = 7850
Concrete density:
Wc = 2400
kg
STable 3.5.1-1
kg
STable 3.5.1-1
m
Additional miscellaneous
kg
Wmisc = 0.0223
dead load (per girder):
mm
Stay-in-place deck form
weight:
Wdeckforms = 73.24
kg
2
kg
m
Wpar = 789
Wfws = 2250
kg
STable 3.5.1-1
Future wearing
surface thickness:
tfws = 63.5mm
Deck width:
wdeck = 14287.5mm
Roadway width:
wroadway = 13411.5mm
dhaunch = 89mm
ADTTSL = 3000
EQ
-
S6.5.4.2
Resistance Factors
Type of Resistance
Resistance Factor,
For flexure
f = 1.00
For shear
v = 1.00
c = 0.90
3-6
STable 3.6.2.1-1
3-7
Before the dead load effects can be computed, a trial girder section
must be selected. This trial girder section is selected based on
previous experience and based on preliminary design. For this
design example, the trial girder section presented in Figure 3-4 will be
used. Based on this trial girder section, section properties and dead
load effects will be computed. Then specification checks will be
performed to determine if the trial girder section successfully resists
the applied loads. If the trial girder section does not pass all
specification checks or if the girder optimization is not acceptable,
then a new trial girder section must be selected and the design
process must be repeated.
Symmetrical about C
L Pier
356mm x
63.5mm Top
Flange
1372mm x
13mm Web
205mm
356mm x 22mm
Bottom Flange
356mm x 70mm
Bottom Flange
356mm x 35mm
Bottom Flange
CL Bolted Field Splice
25603mm
7315mm
3658mm
36576mm
CL Bearing Abutment
CL Pier
Web Thickness
Plate Transitions
Flange Widths
3-9
S6.10.3.1
S6.10.3.1.1b
Modular Ratio
S6.6.1.2.1 &
S6.10.5.1
Ec = 0.043 Wc
1.5
Es = 200000
MPa
n =
STable 3.5.1-1
S5.4.2.1 &
STable C5.4.2.1-1
Ec = 26752 MPa
f' c
Es
S5.4.2.4
S6.4.1
n = 7.5
Ec
Therefore, use n = 8.
In lieu of the above computations, the modular ratio can also be
obtained from S6.10.3.1.1b. The above computations are presented
simply to illustrate the process. Both the above computations and
S6.10.3.1.1b result in a modular ratio of 8.
S6.10.3.1.1b
S4.6.2.6
Spaneff
Weff1 = 4572 mm
356mm
2
3-11
Weff3 = 2972 mm
Slab Haunch
3-12
Section
Girder only:
Top flange
Web
Bottom flange
Total
Composite (3n):
Girder
Slab
Total
Composite (n):
Girder
Slab
Total
Section
Girder only
Composite (3n)
Composite (n)
1402
7985792
121515
3136122504
3136244019
17836
708
12627888
7832
11
86152
2797850085
41116421
2838966506
315891
3298713989
31364
660
3299029880
20699832
2798287491 6475952915
9274240405
31364
660
20699832
24044
1516
36451209
55408
1031
57151041
90054043
5645289078
5735343122
31364
660
20699832
72133
1516
109353628
270162129
103497
1257
y botgdr
(mm)
y topgdr
(mm)
y topslab
(mm)
Sbotgdr
(mm )
(mm )
(mm3)
660
750
---
14052156
12365439
---
1031
379
665
18747731
51083063
29098559
1257
153
439
20342360
166627360
58173757
4854025925
Stopgdr
3
5124188055
Stopslab
3-13
S6.6.1.2.1 &
S6.10.5.1
Area, A Centroid,
(mm2) d (mm)
A*d
(mm3)
Girder only:
22606
1474
33315593
Top flange
17836
756
13484016
Web
24920
35
872200
Bottom flange
65362
729
47671809
Total
Composite (deck concrete using 3n):
65362
729
47671809
Girder
24044
1638
39384618
Slab
89406
974
87056427
Total
Composite (deck concrete using n):
65362
729
47671809
Girder
72133
1638
118153854
Slab
137495
1206
165825663
Total
Composite (deck reinforcement only):
65362
729
47671809
Girder
8667
1622
14057874
Deck reinf.
74029
834
61729683
Total
Section
Girder only
Composite (3n)
Composite (n)
Composite (rebar)
Io (mm4)
4
A*y 2 (mm4) Itotal (mm )
7596087
12526676120 12534272207
2797850085
10175667
12667037
2810517122
12014496204 12024671871
10610103107 10700157150
13458715626 13728877756
713873196
28083334396
5383659838
5383659838
Stopgdr
y botgdr
(mm)
y topgdr
(mm)
y deck
(mm)
Sbotgdr
(mm )
(mm )
729
776
---
37525799
35263131
---
974
532
770
43105660
78928170
54489934
1206
299
538
46392219
186845972
104008060
834
672
788
40135118
49828629
42463159
Sdeck (mm3)
The girder must be designed to resist the dead load effects, as well
as the other load effects. The dead load components consist of
some dead loads that are resisted by the noncomposite section, as
well as other dead loads that are resisted by the composite section.
In addition, some dead loads are factored with the DC load factor
and other dead loads are factored with the DW load factor. The
following table summarizes the various dead load components that
must be included in the design of a steel girder.
3-14
Resisted by
Noncomposite
section
Composite
section
For the steel girder, the dead load per unit length varies due to the
change in plate sizes. The moments and shears due to the weight of
the steel girder can be computed using readily available analysis
software. Since the actual plate sizes are entered as input, the
moments and shears are computed based on the actual, varying
plate sizes.
For the concrete deck, the dead load per unit length for an interior
girder is computed as follows:
Wc = 2400
kg
3
S = 2972 mm
DLdeck = g Wc S tdeck
tdeck = 215 mm
DLdeck = 15.0
N
mm
For the concrete haunch, the dead load per unit length varies due to
the change in top flange plate sizes. The moments and shears due
to the weight of the concrete haunch can be computed using readily
available analysis software. Since the top flange plate sizes are
entered as input, the moments and shears due to the concrete
haunch are computed based on the actual, varying haunch thickness.
3-15
For the stay-in-place forms, the dead load per unit length is computed
as follows:
kg
Wdeckforms = 73
S = 2972 mm Wtopflange = 356mm
2
m
DLdeckforms = g Wdeckforms ( S Wtopflange)
DLdeckforms = 1.88
N
mm
DLmisc = 0.0223
For the concrete parapets, the dead load per unit length is computed
as follows, assuming that the superimposed dead load of the two
parapets is distributed uniformly among all of the girders:
Wpar = 0.79
kg
mm
DLpar = g Wpar
S4.6.2.2.1
Ngirders = 5
2
Ngirders
DLpar = 3.1
N
mm
kg
tfws = 63.5 mm
wroadway = 13411.5 mm
g Wfws
DLfws =
Ngirders = 5
tfws
wroadway
mm
1
mm
Ngirders
DLfws = 3.8
3-16
N
mm
S4.6.2.2.1
Since the plate girder and its section properties are not uniform over
the entire length of the bridge, an analysis must be performed to
compute the dead load moments and shears. Such an analysis can
be performed using one of various computer programs.
Need for Revised Analysis
3-17
3-18
0
Concrete parapets
0.0L
Steel girder
154149
127305
93276
633678
102224
0.1L
311958
257457
185331
1258950
203769
0.3L
315483
260575
184111
1250544
203363
0.4L
268981
222072
151437
1028201
168655
0.5L
258135
213124
154962
1053282
170147
0.2L
172316
142218
87310
591921
99783
0.6L
Location in Span 1
25488
21014
-8406
-58433
-3389
0.7L
-171638
-141676
-135439
-921504
-145336
0.8L
-571449
1.0L
-418791
-345716
-294062
-716107
-591243
-484138
-1995665 -3278611
-330803
0.9L
3-19
49017
29802
202517
Concrete parapets
32604
0.0L
Steel girder
35273
29134
21172
143982
23263
0.1L
7873
6494
3959
26955
4537
0.3L
-5871
-4848
-4626
-31536
-4804
0.4L
-23530
0.6L
-32871
0.7L
-44747
0.8L
-56668
0.9L
-74904
1.0L
-19571
-16146
-13255
-33316
-27489
-21840
-47015
-38831
-30469
-60715
-50129
-39053
-74460
-61471
-47683
-88159
-72769
-56267
-14145
0.5L
21573
17792
12588
85491
13878
0.2L
Location in Span 1
S3.6.1.2
Based on Table 3-3, for all limit states other than fatigue and fracture,
the dynamic load allowance, IM, is as follows:
S3.6.2.1
IM = 0.33
3-20
The live load distribution factors for moment for an interior girder are
computed as follows:
S4.6.2.2.2
K g = n I + A eg
Kg (mm )
291207712040
7315
3658
14418173337
27369461200
41130
65362
900
909
Weighted
Average *
S4.6.2.2.1
mm
OK
110 ts 300
ts = 212
mm
OK
6000 L 73000
L = 36576 mm
OK
3-21
STable
4.6.2.2.2b-1
Nb 4
Nb = 5
9
OK
4x10 Kg 3x10
12
Kg = 345323866867
mm
OK
For one design lane loaded, the distribution of live load per lane
for moment in interior beams is as follows:
gint_moment_1
S
= 0.06 +
4300
gint_moment_1 = 0.466
0.4
0.3
Kg
3
L ( ts)
0.1
lanes
S
= 0.075 +
2900
gint_moment_2 = 0.689
0.6
0.2
Kg
3
L ( ts)
lanes
For one design lane loaded, the distribution of live load per lane
for shear in interior beams is as follows:
gint_shear_1 = 0.36 +
gint_shear_2 = 0.948
STable
4.6.2.2.3a-1
STable
4.6.2.2.3a-1
S
7600
lanes
For two or more design lanes loaded, the distribution of live load
per lane for shear in interior beams is as follows:
gint_shear_2 = 0.2 +
STable
4.6.2.2.2b-1
0.1
The live load distribution factors for shear for an interior girder are
computed in a similar manner. The range of applicability is similar
to that for moment.
gint_shear_1 = 0.751
STable
4.6.2.2.2b-1
S
S
3600 10700
2.0
lanes
3-22
STable
4.6.2.2.3a-1
Since this bridge has no skew, the skew correction factor does
not need to be considered for this design example.
This design example is based on an interior girder. However, for
illustrative purposes, the live load distribution factors for an exterior
girder are computed below, as follows:
S4.6.2.2.2e,
S4.6.2.2.3c
S4.6.2.2.2
STable
4.6.2.2.2d-1
300 de 1700
de = 762 mm
OK
For one design lane loaded, the distribution of live load per lane
for moment in exterior beams is computed using the lever rule,
as follows:
600mm
1800 1334
mm
mm
438mm
0.5P
1200mm
0.5P
Assumed
Hinge
2972mm.
gext_moment_1 =
gext_moment_1 = 0.752
lanes
Multiple_presence_factor = 1.20
gext_moment_1 = gext_moment_1 Multiple_presence_factor
gext_moment_1 = 0.902
lanes
STable
4.6.2.2.2d-1
For two or more design lanes loaded, the distribution of live load
per lane for moment in exterior beams is as follows:
e = 0.77 +
de
STable
4.6.2.2.2d-1
e = 1.042
2800
gext_moment_2 = e gint_moment_2
gext_moment_2 = 0.718
lanes
The live load distribution factors for shear for an exterior girder are
computed in a similar manner. The range of applicability is similar
to that for moment.
For one design lane loaded, the distribution of live load per lane
for shear in exterior beams is computed using the lever rule, as
illustrated in Figure 3-5 and as follows:
gext_shear_1 =
STable
4.6.2.2.3b-1
STable
4.6.2.2.3b-1
gext_shear_1 = 0.752
lanes
Multiple_presence_factor = 1.20
gext_shear_1 = gext_shear_1 Multiple_presence_factor
gext_shear_1 = 0.902
lanes
de
STable
4.6.2.2.3b-1
e = 0.854
3000
gext_shear_2 = e gint_shear_2
gext_shear_2 = 0.810
lanes
Since this bridge has no skew, the skew correction factor does not
need to be considered for this design example.
The following table presents the unfactored maximum positive and
negative live load moments and shears for HL-93 live loading for
interior beams, as computed using an analysis computer program.
These values include the live load distribution factor, and they also
include dynamic load allowance. Since the bridge is symmetrical,
the moments and shears in Span 2 are symmetrical to those in
Span 1.
3-25
S4.6.2.2.2e,
S4.6.2.2.3c
3-26
491504
Maximum
positive shear
(N)
-150342
Maximum
negative moment
(N-mmx1000)
Maximum
negative shear
(N)
0.0L
Maximum positive
moment
(N-mmx1000)
Live Load
Effect
0.2L
0.3L
0.4L
0.5L
0.6L
0.7L
0.8L
0.9L
1.0L
-127658
416778
-439263
-161907
271328
-212614
220621
-276666
189040
-341162
165021
-129437
340717
-405213
149008
-467485
142781
-527088
146784
-584467
159238
1133407 1927877 2394255 2586772 2517628 2207162 1786879 1363885 1172724 1332703
0.1L
Location in Span 1
The design live load values for HL-93 loading, as presented in the
previous table, are computed based on the product of the live load
effect per lane and live load distribution factor. These values also
include the effects of dynamic load allowance. However, it is
important to note that the dynamic load allowance is applied only to
the design truck or tandem. The dynamic load allowance is not
applied to pedestrian loads or to the design lane load.
S3.6.1,
S3.6.2,
S4.6.2.2
S1.3
S3.4.1
LFDC = 1.25
MDC = 203363000N mm + 1250544000N mm ...
+ 184111000N mm + 260575000N mm
MDC = 1898593 kN mm
LFDW = 1.50
MDW = 315483000N mm
LFLL = 1.75
MLL = 2586772000N mm
Mtotal = LFDC MDC + LFDW MDW + LFLL MLL
Mtotal = 7373317 kN mm
3-27
Similarly, the maximum stress in the top of the girder due to positive
moment (located at 0.4L) for the Strength I Limit State is computed as
follows:
Noncomposite dead load:
MnoncompDL = 203363000N mm + 1250544000N mm ...
+ 184111000N mm
MnoncompDL = 1638018000 N mm
Stopgdr = 12365439 mm
fnoncompDL =
MnoncompDL
Stopgdr
fnoncompDL = 132.5
N
mm
fparapet =
Mparapet
Stopgdr = 51083063mm
fparapet = 5.1
Stopgdr
N
mm
ffws =
Mfws
Stopgdr = 51083063mm
ffws = 6.2
Stopgdr
N
mm
fLL =
MLL
Stopgdr
fLL = 15.5
3-28
N
mm
N
2
mm
Similarly, all of the combined moments, shears, and flexural stresses
can be computed at the controlling locations. A summary of those
combined load effects for an interior beam is presented in the
following three tables, summarizing the results obtained using the
procedures demonstrated in the above computations.
Combined Effects at Location of Maximum Positive Moment
Summary of Unfactored Values:
Loading
Moment
(N-mm)
1638018000
Noncomposite DL
260575000
Parapet DL
315483000
FWS DL
2586772000
LL - HL-93
763287475
LL - Fatigue
Summary of Factored Values:
Moment
Limit State
(N-mm)
Strength I
Service II
Fatigue
7373316750
5576879600
572465606
fbotgdr
2
ftopslab
ftopgdr
(N/mm )
116.6
13.9
16.8
127.2
37.5
(N/mm )
-132.5
-5.1
-6.2
-15.5
-4.6
(N/mm2)
0.0
-0.4
-0.5
-5.6
-1.6
fbotgdr
ftopgdr
ftopslab
(N/mm )
(N/mm )
(N/mm2)
410.9
312.6
28.1
-208.4
-163.9
-3.4
-10.9
-8.1
-1.2
As shown in the above table, the Strength I Limit State elastic stress
in the bottom of the girder exceeds the girder yield stress.
However, for this design example, this value is not used because of
the local yielding that occurs at this section.
3-29
S3.4.1
Moment
(N-mm)
ftopgdr
fbotgdr
2
fdeck
2
(N/mm )
(N/mm )
(N/mm 2)
-4334198000
-115.5
122.9
0.0
Noncomposite DL
-591243000
-14.7
11.9
13.9
Parapet DL
-716107000
-17.8
14.4
16.9
FWS DL
-3321588000
-82.8
66.7
78.2
LL - HL-93
Summary of Unfactored Values (Assuming Concrete Effective):
Loading
Moment
(N-mm)
-4334198000
-591243000
-716107000
-3321588000
-550434662
Noncomposite DL
Parapet DL
FWS DL
LL - HL-93
LL - Fatigue
Summary of Factored Values:
Limit State
Strength I *
Service II **
Fatigue **
ftopgdr
fbotgdr
2
fdeck
2
(N/mm )
(N/mm )
(N/mm 2)
-115.5
-13.7
-16.6
-71.6
-11.9
122.9
7.5
9.1
17.8
2.9
0.0
0.5
0.5
4.0
0.7
Moment
(N-mm)
fbotgdr
ftopgdr
fdeck
(N/mm 2)
(N/mm 2)
(N/mm 2)
-13043740750
-9959612400
-412825997
-334.4
-238.9
-8.9
306.7
162.6
2.2
179.6
6.2
0.5
Legend:
* Strength I Limit State stresses are based on section properties
assuming the deck concrete is not effective, and fdeck is the
stress in the deck reinforcing steel.
** Service II and Fatigue Limit State stresses are based on section
properties assuming the deck concrete is effective, and fdeck is
the stress in the deck concrete.
3-30
3-31
3-32
3-33
0.4L = 14630mm
Location of Maximum
Positive Moment
L = 36576mm
CL Bearing Abutment
CL Pier
S6.10.2
S6.10.2.1
16 mm ( 356 mm)
12
Iyc =
Iyc = 60157355 mm
16 mm ( 356mm)
1372 mm ( 13 mm)
+
12
12
Iy =
22 mm ( 356 mm)
12
Iy = 143124908 mm
Iyc
Iy
...
= 0.420
OK
6.77
S6.10.2.2
E
200
fc
Dweb = 1372mm
tbotfl = 22mm
S6.10.3.1.4a
ftopgdr
fbotgdr ftopgdr
Depthgdr
C6.10.3.1.4a
Depthcomp = 474 mm
Dc = Depthcomp ttopfl
Dc = 458 mm
tw = 13mm
E = 200000MPa
S6.4.1
fc = ftopgdr
fc = 208 MPa
2 Dc
tw
6.77
2 Dc
tw
= 70.5
E
= 210
fc
6.77
E
fc
and
2 Dc
tw
200
OK
Dc = 458 mm
0.3 Dc = 138 mm
bf 0.3 Dc
OK
3-36
S6.10.2.3
C6.10.2.3
S6.10.2.3
bt
2 tt
12.0
bt = 356mm
tt = 22mm
bt
2 tt
= 8.1
OK
S6.10.3.1.3
bs
Y
Plastic
Neutral Axis
ts
Ps
tc
Pc
Dw
Pw
tt
Pt
bc
tw
bt
3-37
SAppendix A6.1
Fyt = 345MPa
bt = 356 mm
Pt = Fyt bt tt
tt = 22mm
Pt = 2702040 N
Dw = 1372mm
Pw = Fyw Dw tw
tw = 13 mm
Pw = 6153420 N
bc = 356mm
Pc = Fyc bc tc
tc = 16mm
Pc = 1965120 N
bs = 2722mm
Ps = 0.85 f' c bs ts
ts = 212mm
Ps = 13734123 N
Pc + Ps = 15699kN
Pt + Pw + Pc = 10821kN
Ps = 13734kN
C6.10.3.1.3
SAppendix A6.1
Pc + Pw + Pt
Ps
Y = ( ts)
STable A6.1-1
Y = 167 mm
Check that the position of the plastic neutral axis, as computed
above, results in an equilibrium condition in which there is no net
axial force.
Compression = 0.85 f' c bs Y
Compression = 10821kN
Tension = Pt + Pw + Pc
Tension = 10821kN
OK
3-38
tc
2
Dw
dw =
dt =
dc = 127 mm
+ 90mm + ts Y
dw = 821 mm
+ Dw + 90mm + ts Y
dt = 1518 mm
2
tt
+ 90mm + ts Y
STable A6.1-1
Y Ps
Mp =
+ ( P c d c + P w d w + P t dt )
2 ts
Mp = 10306600 kN mm
Design Step 3.9 - Determine if Section is Compact or
Noncompact - Positive Moment Region
3.76
S6.10.4.1.1
S6.10.4.1.2
E
Fyc
S6.10.4.1.2
CFigure
6.10.4-1
Design Step 3.10 - Design for Flexure - Strength Limit State Positive Moment Region
SFigure
C6.10.4-1
S6.10.4.2.2a
Mn = 1.3 Rh My
All design sections of this girder are homogenous. That is, the
same structural steel is used for the top flange, the web, and the
bottom flange. Therefore, the hybrid factor, Rh, is as follows:
S6.10.4.3.1
Rh = 1.0
The yield moment, My, is computed as follows:
Fy =
MD1
SNC
MD2
SLT
MAD
SST
SST = 20342360 mm
3-40
SAppendix A6.2
MAD = SST Fy
MD1
SNC
MD2
SLT
MAD = 3187155 kN mm
Mybot = MD1 + MD2 + MAD
Mybot = 6033620 kN mm
For the top flange:
SNC = 12365439 mm
SLT = 51083063 mm
SST = 166627360 mm
MAD = SST Fy
MD1
SNC
MD2
SLT
MAD = 27289500 kN mm
Mytop = MD1 + MD2 + MAD
Mytop = 30135966 kN mm
The yield moment, My, is the lesser value computed for both
flanges. Therefore, M y is determined as follows:
SAppendix A6.2
3-41
S6.10.4.2.2a
S6.10.4.2.2a
Dp = 167 mm
( d + ts + th)
S6.10.4.2.2b
7.5
= 0.7
for Fy = 345MPa
d = Depthgdr
d = 1410 mm
ts = 212 mm
th = 90 mm 16 mm
D' =
th = 74 mm
( d + ts + th)
7.5
D' = 158 mm
5 D' = 791 mm
D' Dp 5 D'
Therefore
Mn =
5 Mp 0.85 My
4
S6.10.4.2.2a
0.85 My Mp Dp
4
D'
Mn = 10235181 kN mm
Therefore, use
Mn = 7843707 kN mm
= 1.1
Dp
D'
S6.10.4.2.2b
OK
S6.10.4
S6.5.4.2
Mr = f Mn
Mr = 7843707 kN mm
3-42
i i Mi = 7373317 kN mm
Mr = 7843707 kN mm
OK
3-43
S1.3.2.1
S6.10.7
S6.10.7.3.3c
Design Step 3.12 - Design Transverse Intermediate Stiffeners Positive Moment Region
S6.10.8.1
S6.6.1
3-44
STable
6.6.1.2.3-1
SFigure
6.6.1.2.3-1
Transverse
Intermediate
Stiffener (Typ.)
( F) n
A
=
N1
1
3
S6.6.1.2.5
1
( F) TH
2
for which:
A = 14.4 10
11
( MPa)
STable
6.6.1.2.5-1
S6.6.1.2.5
n = 1.0
STable
6.6.1.2.5-2
ADTTSL = 3000
3-45
A = 26.0 MPa
N
1
1
FTH = 41.4 MPa
2
1
A 3 1
, F
Fn = max
TH
N1 2
S6.6.1.2.5
Fn = 41.4 MPa
Fatigue Resistance
CTable 6.6.1.2.5-1 can be used to eliminate the need
for some of the above fatigue resistance
computations. The above computations are presented
simply for illustrative purposes.
The factored fatigue stress in the outer fiber of the tension flange at
the location of maximum positive moment was previously
computed in Table 3-11, as follows:
fbotgdr = 28.1MPa
fbotgdr Fn
OK
3-46
S6.10.6
Design Step 3.15 - Design for Flexure - Service Limit State Positive Moment Region
S6.10.5
S6.10.5.2
OK
S2.5.2.6.2
3-47
S2.5.2.6.2
S2.5.2.6.2
Span = 36576 mm
allowable =
Span
800
allowable = 46 mm
OK
Design Step 3.16 - Design for Flexure - Constructibility Check Positive Moment Region
S6.10.3.2
12.0
bf = 356mm
tf = 16mm
bf
2 tf
S6.10.4.1.4
= 11.1
E
Fyc
S6.10.4.1.9
3-48
Dc = 734 mm
bc = 356 mm
It =
tc bc
12
tc = 16 mm
Dc
tw
12
Dc
tw
3
At = ( tc bc) +
rt =
= 245 mm
It
At = 8877 mm
rt = 82 mm
At
E = 200000 MPa
Lp = 1.76 rt
It = 60202149 mm
E
Fyc
Lb = 6100 mm
Therefore, the investigation proceeds with the noncomposite
section lateral torsional buckling provisions of S6.10.4.2.6.
3-49
S6.10.4.2.6a
S6.10.4.2.4a
S6.10.4.3.2
b = 4.64
Dc = 734 mm
D
= 686 mm
2
D = 1372 mm
b = 4.64
Therefore
2 Dc
Check if
tw
E
fc
Dc = 734 mm
2 Dc
tw
tw = 13 mm
= 112.9
E = 200000 MPa
fc = 1.25 ( 132.5 MPa)
fc = 166 MPa
b
E
= 161
fc
Rb = 1.0
Therefore:
S6.10.4.3.1
Rh = 1.0
The critical compression-flange local buckling stress, Fcr, is
computed as follows:
Fcr =
1.904 E
2
2 Dc
bf
tw
2 tf
1.904 E
2
Fyc
without longitudinal
web stiffeners
= 290 MPa
2 Dc
bf
tw
2 tf
3-51
S6.10.4.2.4a
Fcr = min
1.904 E
2
2 Dc
bf
2 tf
tw
, Fyc
S6.10.4.2.4a
Fn = Rb Rh Fcr
Fn = 290 MPa
In addition, the nominal flexural resistance of the compression
flange should not exceed the nominal flexural resistance based
upon lateral-torsional buckling determined as follows:
Check if
2 Dc
tw
E
Fyc
Dc = 734 mm
2 Dc
= 113
tw
b = 4.64
b
Check if
tw = 13 mm
E = 200000 MPa
E
= 112
Fyc
Iyc d
E
Sxc Fyc
Lb Lr = 4.44
Iyc = 60157355 mm
d = 1410 mm
Sxc = 12365439mm
E = 200000 MPa
Fyc = 345 MPa
Lr = 4.44
Iyc d
E
Sxc Fyc
3-52
Lr = 8854 mm
S6.10.4.2.6a
Lb = 6100 mm
Therefore:
Lb Lp
Rb Rh My
L r Lp
Mn = Cb Rb Rh My 1 0.5
S6.10.4.2.6a
S6.10.4.2.5a
Pl
Pl
Cb = 1.75 1.05
+ 0.3
Kb
Ph
Ph
Pl
Use:
Ph
= 0.5
(based on analysis)
2
Cb = 1.30
tc bc
My = 4266076455 N mm S6.10.3.3.1
It = 60157355 mm
12
At = tc bc
rt =
At = 5696 mm
It
rt = 103 mm
At
E = 200000 MPa
Lp = 1.76 rt
E
Fyc
Lp = 4355 mm
Lb = 6 m
Lr = 8854 mm
Lb Lp
= 4470322280 N mm
Lr L p
Cb Rb Rh My 1 0.5
Rb Rh My = 4266076455 N mm
3-53
S6.10.4.2.6a
Mn = Rb Rh My
Therefore
Fn =
Mn
Mn = 4266076455 N mm S6.10.4.2.6a
Fn = 345 MPa
Sxc
Fn = 290 MPa
S6.10.4
S6.5.4.2
Fr = f Fn
Fr = 290 MPa
S6.10.4.2.6b
Fn = Rb Rh Fyt
Rb = 1.0
where:
S6.10.4.3.2b
Rh = 1
Fyt = 345 MPa
Fn = 345 MPa
The factored flexural resistance, Fr, is computed as follows:
f = 1.00
S6.5.4.2
Fr = f Fn
Fr = 345 MPa
The factored construction stress in the tension flange is as follows:
ft = 1.25 ( 116.6 MPa)
ft = 146 MPa
S6.10.4
OK
0.9 E k
D
t
w
Fyw
for which:
E = 200000 MPa
= 1.25
D = 1372mm
Dc = 734 mm
2
D
k = 9.0 7.2
Dc
D
9.0 = 31.4
Dc
D 2
k = max 9.0
, 7.2
Dc
tw = 13mm
0.9 E k
D
t
w
k = 31.4
= 635 MPa
tw
min
3-55
S6.10.3.2.2
Dc
Dc + tf
fcw = ftopgdr
OK
S6.10.3.2.3
As stated in Design Step 3.3, for this design example, the interior
girder controls and is being designed.
S6.10.3.5
Wind effects generally do not control a steel girder design, and they
are generally considered for the exterior girders only. However, for
this design example, wind effects will be presented later for the
girder design section at the pier.
C6.10.3.5.2 &
C4.6.2.7.1
3-56
Symmetrical about C
L Pier
Location of Maximum
Negative Moment
L = 36576mm
CL Bearing Abutment
CL Pier
S6.10.2
S6.10.2.1
Iyc
0.1
Iy
0.9
70 mm ( 356 mm)
Iyc =
12
Iyc = 263188427 mm
Iy =
70 mm ( 356 mm)
1372 mm ( 13 mm)
+
12
12
+
Iy = 502189118 mm
Iyc
Iy
= 0.524
OK
3-57
...
6.77
S6.10.2.2
E
200
fc
C6.10.3.1.4a
E = 200000 MPa
S6.4.1
fc = 144.56 MPa
2 Dc
tw
6.77
2 Dc
tw
= 118
E
= 252
fc
6.77
E
fc
and
2 Dc
tw
3-58
200
OK
S6.10.2.3
bf 0.3 Dc
bf = 356mm
Dc = 764 mm
0.3 Dc = 229 mm
bf 0.3 Dc
OK
C6.10.2.3
S6.10.2.3
bt
2 tt
12.0
bt = 356mm
tt = 63.5mm
bt
2 tt
= 2.8
OK
3-59
S6.10.3.1.3
Arb
Prt
Prb
tt
Pt
Dw
Pw
tc
Pc
bt
tw
Plastic
Neutral Axis
bc
SAppendix A6.1
bt = 356 mm
Pt = Fyt bt tt
tt = 64 mm
Pt = 7799070 N
Dw = 1372mm
Pw = Fyw Dw tw
tw = 13 mm
Pw = 6153420 N
bc = 356mm
tc = 70mm
Pc = 8597400 N
2 2722 mm
Art = 199 mm
125mm
Art = 4333 mm
Prt = 1820038 N
Arb = 4333 mm
Prb = 1820038 N
Pc + Pw + Pt = 22549890 N
SAppendix A6.1
D Pc Pt Prt Prb
Y =
+1
Pw
2
STable A6.1-2
Y = 369 mm
Since it will be shown in the next design step that this section is
noncompact, the plastic moment is not used to compute the
flexural resistance and therefore does not need to be computed.
Design Step 3.9 - Determine if Section is Compact or
Noncompact - Negative Moment Region
3-61
S6.10.4.1.1
2 Dcp
tw
S6.10.4.1.2
E
Fyc
3.76
Dcp = 1003 mm
= 154.3
3.76
E
= 90.5
Fyc
Therefore, the web does not qualify as compact. Since this is not a
composite section in positive flexure, the investigation proceeds
with the noncompact section compression-flange slenderness
provisions of S6.10.4.1.4.
bf
2 tf
S6.10.4.1.4
12.0
bf = 356 mm
bf
2 tf
tf = 70mm
= 2.5
Lb Lp = 1.76 rt
S6.10.4.1.9
Dc = 764 mm
bc = 356 mm
It =
tc bc
12
tc = 70 mm
Dc
= 255 mm
tw
12
It = 263235052 mm
3-62
Dc
tw
3
At = ( tc bc) +
rt =
It
At = 28231mm
rt = 97 mm
At
E
Fyc
Lp = 1.76 rt
Lp = 4092 mm
Lb = 6100 mm
Therefore, the investigation proceeds with the composite section
lateral torsional buckling provisions of S6.10.4.2.5.
Noncompact Sections
Design Step 3.10 - Design for Flexure - Strength Limit State Negative Moment Region
S6.10.4.2.5
S6.10.4.2.5a
Fn = Rb Rh Fcr
S6.10.4.2.4a
Dc = 764 mm
fc = 145 MPa
D = 1372 mm
D
= 686 mm
2
3-63
S6.10.4.3.2
b = 4.64
Therefore
2 Dc
Check if
tw
E
fc
Dc = 764 mm
2 Dc
tw
tw = 13 mm
= 117.5
E
= 173
fc
Rb = 1.0
Therefore:
S6.10.4.3.1
Rh = 1.0
The critical compression-flange local buckling stress, Fcr, is
computed as follows:
Fcr =
1.904 E
2
2 Dc
bf
tw
2 tf
1.904 E
Fyc
without longitudinal
web stiffeners
= 5432 MPa
2 Dc
bf
tw
2 tf
Fcr = min
1.904 E
2
2 Dc
bf
2 tf
tw
S6.10.4.2.4a
, Fyc
S6.10.4.2.4a
Check if
Lr = 4.44 rt
S6.10.4.2.5a
E
Fyc
E
Fyc
rt = 97 mm
E = 200000 MPa
Lr = 10323mm
Lb = 6100 mm
Therefore:
Lb Fyc
Rb Rh Fyc
rt E
Pl
Pl
Cb = 1.75 1.05
+ 0.3
Kb
Ph
Ph
Pl
Use:
Ph
= 0.5
(based on analysis)
2
Cb = 1.30
L 12in
b ft Fyc
Cb Rb Rh Fyc 1.33 0.187
= 376 MPa
rt
E
Rb Rh Fyc = 345 MPa
Therefore
Fn = Rb Rh Fyc
Fn = 345 MPa
3-65
SC6.10.4.2.5a
S6.10.4
S6.5.4.2
Fr = f Fn
Fr = 345 MPa
The negative flexural resistance at this design section is checked as
follows:
S1.3.2.1
i i Qi Rr
or in this case:
i i Fi Fr
For this design example,
i = 1.00
As computed in Design Step 3.6, the factored Strength I Limit
State stress for the compression flange is as follows:
i Fi = 144.56MPa
i i Fi = 144.56 MPa
Therefore
Fr = 345 MPa
OK
S6.10.4.2.5b
Fn = Rb Rh Fyt
where:
Rb = 1.0
S6.10.4.3.2b
Rh = 1
Fyt = 345 MPa
Fn = 345 MPa
The factored flexural resistance, Fr, is computed as follows:
f = 1.00
S6.10.4
S6.5.4.2
Fr = f Fn
Fr = 345 MPa
3-66
S1.3.2.1
i i Qi Rr
or in this case:
i i Fi Fr
For this design example,
i = 1.00
As computed in Design Step 3.6, the factored Strength I Limit
State stress for the tension flange is as follows:
i Fi = 153.79MPa
i i Fi = 153.79 MPa
Therefore
Fr = 345 MPa
OK
S6.10.7
The first step in the design for shear is to check if the web must be
stiffened. The nominal shear resistance of unstiffened webs of
hybrid and homogeneous girders is:
S6.10.7.2
Vn = C Vp
k = 5.0
S6.10.7.3.3a
D
= 106
tw
S6.10.7.3.3a
1.10
Ek
= 59
Fyw
3-67
1.38
Ek
= 74
Fyw
D
E k
1.38
tw
Fyw
Therefore,
C =
1.52 E k
2 Fyw
D
t
w
C = 0.396
Fyw = 345 MPa
D = 1372 mm
tw = 13 mm
Vp = 0.58 Fyw D tw
S6.10.7.3.3a&c
Vp = 3568984 N
Vn = C Vp
Vn = 1411717 N
The factored shear resistance, Vr, is computed as follows:
v = 1.00
S6.10.7.1
S6.5.4.2
Vr = v Vn
Vr = 1411717 N
The shear resistance at this design section is checked as follows:
i i Qi Rr
or in this case:
i i Vi Vr
For this design example,
i = 1.00
As computed in Design Step 3.6, the factored Strength I Limit
State shear is as follows:
i Vi = 1883582 N
3-68
S1.3.2.1
Therefore
i i Vi = 1883582 N
Vr = 1411717 N
S6.10.7.1
Stiffener Spacing
tw = 13mm
D
= 106
tw
3-69
S6.10.7.3.2
S6.10.7.3.2
260
D
= 8327 mm
D
tw
Use do = 2032 mm
OK
S6.10.7.3.3b
fu 0.75 f Fy
fu 0.75 f Fy
Vn = R Vp C +
k = 5+
do
0.87 ( 1 C)
C Vp
do
1+
D
2
k=7
3-70
S6.10.7.3.3a
D
= 106
tw
S6.10.7.3.3a
1.10
Ek
= 71
Fyw
1.38
Ek
= 90
Fyw
D
E k
1.38
tw
Fyw
Therefore,
C =
1.52 E k
2 Fyw
D
t
w
C = 0.576
The reduction factor applied to the factored shear, R, is computed
as follows:
S6.10.7.3.3b
Fr fu
Fr 0.75 f Fy
R = 0.6 + 0.4
R = 1.530
Vp = 0.58 Fyw D tw
S6.10.7.3.3a&c
Vp = 3568984 N
R Vp C +
0.87 ( 1 C)
= 4270919 N
do
1+
D
2
C Vp = 2055305 N
Vn = max R Vp C +
0.87 ( 1 C)
, C Vp
2
do
1+
Vn = 4270919 N
3-71
S6.10.7.1
S6.5.4.2
Vr = v Vn
Vr = 4270919 N
As previously computed, for this design example:
i i Vi = 1883582 N
Vr = 4270919 N
OK
Therefore, the girder design section at the pier satisfies the shear
resistance requirements for the web.
Design Step 3.12 - Design Transverse Intermediate Stiffeners Negative Moment Region
S6.10.8.1
S6.10.8.1.1
3-72
Symmetrical about C
L Pier
Bearing
Stiffener
A
Transverse
Intermediate
Stiffener (Typ.
Unless Noted
Otherwise)
do =
2032
mm
(Typ.)
CL Pier
bt = 140mm
Web
tw = 13mm
Transverse
Intermediate
Stiffener
tp = 13mm
Section A-A
3-73
d
30.0
S6.10.8.1.2
16.0 tp bt 0.25bf
and
bt = 140mm
d = 1505.5 mm
tp = 13 mm
bf = 356 mm
bt = 140 mm
2.0 +
d
= 52 mm
30.0
bt 2.0 +
Therefore,
d
30.0
OK
16.0 tp = 208 mm
0.25 bf = 89 mm
16.0 tp bt 0.25 bf
Therefore,
OK
It do tw J1
do = 2032 mm
tw = 13 mm
D = 1372 mm
D
J1 = 2.5 2.0 0.5
do
2
D
2.0 = 1
d
o
2.5
Therefore,
J1 = 0.5
Therefore,
do tw J1 = 2232152 mm
It =
tp bt
Therefore,
It = 11890667 mm
3
It do tw J1
OK
3-74
S6.10.8.1.3
As 0.15 B
Fyw 2
Vu
D
( 1 C)
18
tw
V
F
tw
r
cr
B = 2.4
D = 1372 mm
tw = 13 mm
C = 0.576
Vu = 1883582N
Vr = 4270919N
Fyw = 345 MPa
E = 200000 MPa
bt = 140 mm
tp = 13 mm
Fcr =
0.311 E
bt
tp
0.311 E
bt
tp
Therefore,
Fys
= 536 MPa
Fyw 2
Vu
D
2
18
tw = 1841 mm
0.15 B ( 1 C)
tw
Vr
Fcr
Therefore, the specification check for area is
automatically satisfied.
Therefore, the transverse intermediate stiffeners as shown in
Figure 3-13 satisfy all of the required specification checks.
3-75
S6.10.8.1.4
S6.6.1
S6.10.6
S6.10.6.1
For this check, the live load flexural stress and shear stress resulting
from the fatigue load must be taken as twice that calculated using the
fatigue load combination in Table 3-1.
S6.10.6.2
S6.6.1.2.1
S6.10.6.3
If
D
kE
0.95
tw
Fyw
Otherwise
D = 1372 mm
then
Fcf Fyw
tw
fcf 0.9 k E
D
Dc = 764 mm
For the fatigue limit state at the pier (the location of maximum
negative moment):
fbotgdr = ( 115.50 MPa) + ( 13.7 MPa) + ( 16.6MPa) ...
+ ( 2 0.75 11.9 MPa)
fbotgdr = 164 MPa
ftopgdr = ( 122.9 MPa) + ( 7.5 MPa) + ( 9.1MPa) ...
+ ( 2 0.75 2.9 MPa)
ftopgdr = 144 MPa
3-76
S6.10.3.1.4a
ttopfl = 63.5mm
Dweb = 1372mm
tbotfl = 70mm
fbotgdr
ftopgdr fbotgdr
Depthgdr
C6.10.3.1.4a
Depthcomp = 801 mm
Dc = Depthcomp tbotfl
Dc = 731 mm
2
D
k = 9.0 7.2
Dc
D
, 7.2
Dc
k = max 9.0
D
= 106
tw
Therefore,
D
= 32
Dc
9.0
k = 32
0.95
kE
= 129
Fyw
D
kE
0.95
tw
Fyw
fcf Fyw
3-77
S6.10.6.4
Vcf
D tw
C = 0.576
tw = 13 mm
vcf = 55
N
mm
OK
Therefore, the fatigue requirements for webs for both flexure and
shear are satisfied.
Design Step 3.15 - Design for Flexure - Service Limit State Negative Moment Region
S6.10.5
C6.10.5.1
S6.10.5.1
3-78
fcw
0.9 E k
D
t
w
Fyw
for which:
E = 200000 MPa
= 1.25
D = 1372 mm
The factored Service II flexural stress was previously
computed in Table 3-12 as follows:
fbotgdr = 238.9MPa
ftopgdr = 162.6 MPa
Depthgdr = 1506 mm
Depthcomp =
fbotgdr
ftopgdr fbotgdr
Depthgdr
Depthcomp = 896 mm
Dc = Depthcomp tbotfl
Dc = 826 mm
2
D
k = 9.0 7.2
Dc
D
9.0 = 24.8
Dc
D 2
k = max 9.0
, 7.2
Dc
tw = 13 mm
k = 24.8
(see Figure 3-4)
3-79
0.9 E k
D
t
w
= 502 MPa
tw
min
Dc
Dc + tf
fcw = fbotgdr
OK
S6.10.5.1
OK
3-80
S2.5.2.6.2
Design Step 3.16 - Design for Flexure - Constructibility Check Negative Moment Region
S6.10.3.2.2
S6.10.4.1.4
bf
2 tf
12.0
bf = 356mm
tf = 70mm
bf
2 tf
= 2.5
0.9 E k
D
t
w
Fyw
for which:
E = 200000 MPa
= 1.25
D = 1372 mm
For the noncomposite loads during construction:
fbotgdr = 1.25 ( 115.5MPa)
fbotgdr = 144 MPa
ftopgdr = 1.25 ( 122.9 MPa)
ftopgdr = 154 MPa
3-81
S6.10.3.2.2
Depthgdr = 1506 mm
Depthcomp =
fbotgdr
ftopgdr fbotgdr
Depthgdr
Depthcomp = 729 mm
Dc = Depthcomp tbotfl
Dc = 659 mm
2
D
k = 9.0 7.2
Dc
D
= 39.0
D
c
9.0
D
, 7.2
Dc
k = max 9.0
tw = 13 mm
0.9 E k
D
t
w
k = 39.0
(see Figure 3-4)
= 787 MPa
tw
min
Dc
Dc + tf
fcw = fbotgdr
OK
3-82
C6.10.3.1.4a
S6.10.3.2.3
Vn = C Vp
C = 0.576
Vp = 3568984 N
Vn = 2055305 N
v = 1
S6.5.4.2
Vr = v Vn
Vr = 2055305 N
Vu = ( 1.25 510052 N) + ( 1.25 72769 N) + ( 1.50 88159 N)
Vu = 860765 N
OK
As stated in Design Step 3.3, for this design example, the interior
girder controls and is being designed.
S6.10.3.5
Wind effects generally do not control a steel girder design, and they
are generally considered for the exterior girders only. However, for
illustrative purposes, wind effects are presented below for the
girder design section at the pier. A bridge height of greater than
10000 mm is used in this design step to illustrate the required
computations.
C6.10.3.5.2 &
C4.6.2.7.1
( Fu + Fw)
Fw =
Fr
6 Mw
tfb bfb
3-83
S3.8.1.1
S6.10.3.5.2
W Lb
C4.6.2.7.1
10
Lb = 6100 mm
W =
PD d
2
= 1.0
S1.3
VDZ
PD = PB
VB
S3.8.1.2
PB = 0.0024 MPa
VB = 160
STable 3.4.1-1
STable
3.8.1.2.1-1
km
hr
3-84
V30 Z
ln
V B Zo
VDZ = 2.5 Vo
Vo = 19.3
km
hr
V30 = 96.5
km
hr
S3.8.1.1
km
hr
VB = 160
S3.8.1.1
Z = 10668 mm
Zo = 2500 mm
V30 Z
ln
V B Zo
VDZ = 2.5 Vo
STable
3.8.1.1-1
S3.8.1.1
km
hr
VDZ = 42
VDZ
PD = PB
VB
STable
3.8.1.1-1
S3.8.1.2.1
PD = 167 Pa
After the design horizontal wind pressure has been computed, the
factored wind force per unit length applied to the flange is computed
as follows:
W =
C4.6.2.7.1
PD d
2
=1
= 0.40
S1.3
PD = 167 Pa
d = 2813 mm
STable 3.4.1-1
PD d
W =
2
mm
W = 94 kg
mm s
Next, the maximum lateral moment in the flange due to the factored
wind loading is computed as follows:
Mw =
W Lb
C4.6.2.7.1
10
mm
W = 94 kg
mm s
Lb = 6100 mm
Mw = 349905 N mm
Finally, the flexural stress at the edges of the bottom flange due to
factored wind loading is computed as follows:
Fw =
6 Mw
tfb bfb
Mw = 349905 N mm
tfb = 70 mm
bfb = 356 mm
Fw =
6 Mw
tfb bfb
Fw = 236648Pa
The load factor for live load is 1.35 for the Strength V Limit State.
However, it is 1.75 for the Strength I Limit State, which we have
already investigated. Therefore, it is clear that wind effects will not
control the design of this steel girder. Nevertheless, the following
computations are presented simply to demonstrate that wind effects
do not control this design:
3-86
S6.10.3.5.2
( Fu + Fw)
Fr
OK
Therefore, wind effects do not control the design of this steel girder.
Design Step 3.18 - Draw Schematic of Final Steel Girder Design
Since all of the specification checks were satisfied, the trial girder
section presented in Design Step 3.2 is acceptable. If any of the
specification checks were not satisfied or if the design were found
to be overly conservative, then the trial girder section would need to
be revised appropriately, and the specification checks would need
to be repeated for the new trial girder section.
The following is a schematic of the final steel girder configuration:
140mm x 13mm Transverse
Intermediate Stiffener
(One Side of Web Only Interior Side of Fascia Girders)
(Typ. Unless Noted Otherwise)
Symmetrical about C
L Pier
2032
mm
(Typ.)
356mm x 32mm Top Flange
356mm x
63.5mm Top
Flange
1372mm x
13mm Web
205mm
356 x 70mm
Bottom Flange
7315mm
36576mm
CL Bearing Abutment
Bearing Stiffener
(Both Sides of Web)
CL Pier
Bearing Stiffener
(Both Sides of Web)
3658mm
3-88
1
6
6
31
60
61
77
103
4-1
1372mm x
13mm Web
205mm
356mm x 22mm
Bottom Flange
356mm x 70mm
Bottom Flange
356mm x 35mm
Bottom Flange
CL Bolted Field Splice
25603mm
7315mm
3658mm
36576mm
CL Bearing Abutment
CL Pier
MPa =
N
mm
For relatively long girders, field splices are generally required to reduce
the girder shipping length. The location of the field splice is generally
based on economy and includes the following considerations:
1. Field splices are generally located to provide girder segment
lengths that do not exceed the allowable girder shipping length.
The allowable girder shipping length is often a function of the
shipping route from the fabrication site to the construction site.
2. The Specifications recommends locating splices near points of
dead load contraflexure.
3. Field splices are generally located where total moment in the
girder is relatively small. This minimizes the required splice
plate thicknesses and the required number of bolts.
4-2
S6.13.6.1.4a
In Design Step 1.1, the steel properties of the girder were defined.
These properties will be used for the splice plates as well.
Yield Strength:
Fy = 345 MPa
Tensile Strength:
Fu = 450 MPa
tw = 13 mm
Web Depth:
D = 1372 mm
bfltL = 356 mm
tfltL = 16 mm
bflbL = 356 mm
tflbL = 22 mm
tw = 13 mm
Web Depth:
D = 1372 mm
bfltR = 356 mm
tfltR = 28.5 mm
bflbR = 356 mm
tflbR = 35 mm
4-3
STable 6.4.1-1
dbolt = 22 mm
S6.13.2.5
dhole = 25 mm
S6.8.3
S6.4.3.1
tseff = 212 mm
Modular Ratio:
n = 8
dhaunch = 90 mm
Weff = 2722 mm
Adeckreinftop = 199 mm
Adeckreinftop = 4333 mm
Weff
125 mm
Adeckreinfbot = 199 mm
Adeckreinfbot = 4333 mm
Weff
125 mm
4-4
Resistance Factors:
S6.5.4.2
Flexure:
f = 1.00
Shear:
v = 1.00
Axial Compression:
c = 0.90
u = 0.80
y = 0.95
bb = 0.80
s = 0.80
Block shear:
bs = 0.80
4-5
Moments
Dead Loads:
Noncomposite:
MNDL = 70227870 N mm
Composite:
MCDL = 21014131 N mm
MFWS = 25488107 N mm
Live Loads:
HL-93 Positive:
MPLL = 1773050373 N mm
HL-93 Negative:
MNLL = 1292436856 N mm
Fatigue Positive:
MPFLL = 534572382 N mm
Fatigue Negative:
MNFLL = 385033113 N mm
4-6
S6.13.6.1.1
Typically, splices are designed for the Strength I, Service II, and
Fatigue Limit States. The load factors for these limit states are
shown in Table 4-1:
Load Factors
Strength I Service II
Load
DC
DW
LL
max
1.25
1.50
1.75
min
0.90
0.65
1.75
max
1.00
1.00
1.30
S6.13.6
STable 3.4.1-1
Fatigue
STable 3.4.1-2
S6.13.6
S6.10.3.6
4-7
S6.13.6.1.4a
S6.10.3.1.1c
For this case, stresses will be computed using the gross steel
section. The future wearing surface is excluded. The
composite dead load acts on the 3n- or n-composite slab
section, whichever gives the larger stresses. The live load acts
on the n-composite slab section.
C6.13.6.1.4a
S6.10.3.1.1c
Section Properties:
Effective Flange Areas:
S6.13.6.1.4c
S6.10.3.6
Ae = An + Ag Ag
SEquation
6.10.3.6-1
An u Fu
1 0.0
Ag y Fyf
Ag = 7832 mm
The net area of the bottom flange of the steel girder is defined as
the product of the thickness of the flange and the smallest net
width. The net width is determined by subtracting from the width
of the flange the sum of the widths of all holes in the assumed
failure chain, and then adding the quantity s2 /4g for each space
between consective holes in the chain. Since the bolt holes in
the flanges are lined up transverse to the loading direction, the
governing failure chain is straight across the flange (i.e., s2 /4g is
equal to zero).
The net area of the bottom flange of the steel girder
now follows:
An = ( bflbL 4 dhole) tflbL
An u Fu
1
Ag y Fyf
An = 5632 mm
= 0.07
4-9
S6.8.3
With the gross and net areas identified, along with beta, the
effective tension area of the bottom flange can now be computed
as follows:
Ae = An + Ag
Ae = 6186 mm
Check:
Ae = 6186 mm
<
Ag = 7832 mm
OK
Aebot = 6186 mm
Aetop = 4495 mm
4-10
Weff = 2722 mm
Modular Ratio:
n=8
Weff
n
tseff
Ac = 72133mm
Ac3n =
Weff
3n
tseff
Ac3n = 24044mm
The section properties for the Left Girder are calculated with the aid of
Figure 4-2 shown below:
1
Neutral Axis
4-11
The following tables contain the section properties for the left (i.e.,
smaller) girder section at the splice location. The properties in Table
4-2 are based on the gross area of the steel girder, and these
properties are used for computation of stresses for the Service II and
Fatigue Limit States. The properties in Tables 4-3 and 4-4 are based
on the effective top flange and effective bottom flange of the steel
girder, respectively, and these properties are used for computation of
stresses for the Strength I Limit State.
Area, A Centroid,
A*d (mm 3)
(mm 2) d (mm)
Io (mm 4)
A*y2 (mm 4)
Itotal (mm 4)
Girder only:
Top flange
5696
Web
17836
Bottom flange 7832
Total
31364
1402
708
11
660
7985792
121515
3136122504
12627888 2797850085 41116421
86152
315891
3298713989
20699832 2798287491 6475952915
3136244019
2838966506
3299029880
9274240405
31364
24044
55408
660
1590
1064
31364
72133
103497
660
1590
1308
y botmid
(mm)
y topmid
(mm)
Sbotweb
(mm )
(mm3)
742
338
94
14536723
20292757
22120856
14290333
20080684
21933270
Composite (3n):
Girder
Slab
Total
Composite (n):
Girder
Slab
Total
Section
Girder only
649
Composite (3n) 1053
Composite (n) 1297
Sbotmid
12634981
63964658
331468275
4-12
Section
Itotal (mm4)
Girder only:
Top flange
4495
Web
17836
Bottom flange 7832
Total
30163
1402
708
11
630
6301990
121515
2675879525
12627888 2797850085 107287151
86152
315891
3005206680
19016030 2798287491 5788373356
2676001040
2905137236
3005522571
8586660847
30163
4333
4333
38830
630
1613
1533
841
30163
24044
54207
630
1590
1056
30163
72133
102296
630
1590
1307
Section
y botmid
(mm)
y topmid
(mm)
Sbotmid
Girder only
Deck Steel
Composite (3n)
Composite (n)
619
830
1045
1296
772
561
346
95
13861923
17570766
20090216
21943659
Deck Steel:
Girder
Top Steel
Bottom Steel
Total
Composite (3n):
Girder
Slab
Total
Composite (n):
Girder
Slab
Total
(mm3)
Stopmid (mm3)
11128993
25980395
60692501
299576988
4-13
Section
Itotal (mm4)
Girder only:
Top flange
5696
Web
17836
Bottom flange 6186
Total
29718
1402
708
11
696
7985792
12627888
68046
20681726
0
6561
249500
256062
2839633295
2597302
2902054958
5744285555
2839633295
2603863
2902304459
5744541617
29718
4333
4333
38385
696
1613
1533
894
29718
24044
53762
696
1590
1096
29718
72133
101851
696
1590
1329
Section
y botmid
(mm)
y topmid
(mm)
Sbotmid
Girder only
Deck Steel
Composite (3n)
Composite (n)
685
883
1085
1318
706
508
306
73
8387017
12366217
15172302
17326583
Deck Steel:
Girder
Top Steel
Bottom Steel
Total
Composite (3n):
Girder
Slab
Total
Composite (n):
Girder
Slab
Total
(mm3)
Stopmid (mm3)
8135968
21490928
53749867
313415833
4-14
M
S
Noncomposite DL:
Noncomposite DL Moment:
MNDL = 70227870 N mm
Section Modulus (girder only), from Table 4-3:
Sbotgdr = 13861923 mm
MNDL
Sbotgdr
4-15
Composite DL:
Composite DL Moment:
MCDL = 21014131 N mm
Section Modulus (3n-composite), From Table 4-4:
Sbotgdr = 15172302 mm
MCDL
Sbotgdr
FWS Moment:
MFWS = 25488107 N mm
Section Modulus (3n-composite), From Table 4-4:
Sbotgdr = 15172302 mm
MFWS
Sbotgdr
4-16
MPLL
Sbotgdr
STable 3.4.1-1
STable 3.4.1-2
The stresses at the midthickness of the top flange for this load case
are computed in a similar manner. The section properties used to
obtain the stresses in the top flange are also from Tables 4-3 and 4-4.
4-17
Moment
(N-mm)
Noncomposite DL -70227870
Composite DL
21014131
FWS DL
25488107
Live Load - HL-93 1773050373
Summary of Factored Values
Limit State
Strength I
3096777948
fbotmid
(MPa)
-5.1
1.4
1.7
102.3
ftopmid
(MPa)
6.3
-0.4
-0.5
-5.7
178.3
-5.3
Moment
(N-mm)
Noncomposite DL -70227870
Composite DL
21014131
Live Load - HL-93 -1292436856
Summary of Factored Values
Limit State
Strength I
-2323281672
fbotmid
(MPa)
-5.1
1.4
-73.6
ftopmid
(MPa)
6.3
-0.4
49.7
-133.3
94.5
4-18
Moment
(N-mm)
Noncomposite DL -70227870
Composite DL
21014131
FWS
25488107
Live Load - HL-93 1773050373
Summary of Factored Values
Limit State
Service II
2281239853
fbotmid
(MPa)
-4.9
1.0
1.3
80.8
ftopmid
(MPa)
5.6
-0.3
-0.4
-5.8
102.5
-2.7
Moment
(N-mm)
Noncomposite DL -70227870
Composite DL
21014131
Live Load - HL-93 -1292436856
Summary of Factored Values
Limit State
Service II
-1729381652
fbotmid
(MPa)
-4.9
1.0
-58.9
ftopmid
(MPa)
5.6
-0.1
4.3
-80.6
11.1
4-19
Moment
(N-mm)
fbotmid
(MPa)
24.4
ftopmid
(MPa)
-1.8
18.3
-1.3
Moment
(N-mm)
fbotmid
(MPa)
-17.6
ftopmid
(MPa)
1.3
-13.2
1.0
4-20
Moment (Nmm)
Live Load-Pos
534572383
Live Load-Neg -385033114
Summary of Factored Values
Limit State
Pos Fatigue
400929287
Neg Fatigue
-288774835
fbotweb
(MPa)
24.2
-17.4
ftopweb
(MPa)
-1.6
1.2
18.1
-13.1
-1.2
0.9
4-21
Limit State
Strength I
Location
Bottom Flange
Top Flange
Stress (MPa)
Dead + Pos. LL
Dead + Neg. LL
178.3
-133.3
-5.3
94.5
Limit State
Service II
Location
Bottom Flange
Top Flange
Stress (MPa)
Dead + Pos. LL
Dead + Neg. LL
102.5
-80.6
-2.7
11.1
Limit State
Fatigue
Location
Bottom Flange
Top Flange
Bottom of Web
Top of Web
Stress (MPa)
Positive LL
Negative LL
18.3
-13.2
-1.3
1.0
18.1
-13.1
-1.2
0.9
4-22
S6.13.6.1.4c
The next step is to determine the minimum design forces for the
controlling flange of each load case (i.e., positive and negative live
load). By inspection of Table 4-12, it is obvious that the bottom
flange is the controlling flange for both positive and negative live
load for the Strength I Limit State.
The minimum design force for the controlling flange, Pcu, is taken
equal to the design stress, Fcf, times the smaller effective flange
area, Ae, on either side of the splice. When a flange is in
compression, the effective compression flange area shall be
taken as Ae = Ag.
S6.10.3.6
Fcf
fcf
+ f Fyf
Rh
0.75 F
=
f yf
SEquation
6.13.6.1.4c-1
where:
Maximum flexural stress due to the
factored loads at the midthickness of
the controlling flange at the point of
splice (from Table 4-12):
Rh = 1.0
= 1.0
f = 1.0
4-23
Fcf
fcf
+ f Fyf
Rh
=
2
The minimum design stress for the bottom flange for this
load case is:
4-24
Since the bottom flange force for this load case is a tensile force,
the effective area will be used. This value was computed previously
to be:
Aebot = 6186 mm
Therefore:
Pcu = Fcf Aebot
Pcu = 1618567 N
Table 4-15 presents the minimum design forces for the Strength I Limit
State for both the positive and negative live load cases.
Strength I Limit State
Controlling Flange
fcf (MPa) Fcf (MPa) Area (mm2) Pcu (N)
Dead + Pos. LL Bot. Flange 178.3
262
6186
1618567
Dead + Neg. LL Bot. Flange -133.3
262
7832
2049243
Load Case
Location
4-25
S6.13.6.1.4c
The next step is to determine the minimum design forces for the
noncontrolling flange of each load case (i.e., positive and negative
live load). By inspection of Table 4-12, the top flange is the
noncontrolling flange for both positive and negative live load for the
Strength I Limit State.
The minimum design force for the noncontrolling flange, Pncu, is
taken equal to the design stress, Fncf, times the smaller effective
flange area, Ae, on either side of the splice. When a flange is in
compression, the effective compression flange area shall be
taken as Ae = Ag.
S6.10.3.6
fncf
Rh
0.75 f Fyf
SEquation
6.13.6.1.4c-2
where:
Maximum flexural stress due to the
factored loads at the midthickness of
the noncontrolling flange at the point
of splice concurrent with f cf (see Table
4-12):
Fcf
Rcf = 1
fcf
Rh = 1
4-26
Therefore:
Fncf = Rcf
1
fncf
Rh
SEquation
6.10.3.6-2
Ag = 5696 mm
Therefore:
Pncu = Fncf Ag
Pncu = 1473840 N
(compression)
4-27
Table 4-16 presents the minimum design forces for the Strength I Limit
State for both the positive and negative live load cases.
Location
4-28
S6.13.6.1.4c
fs
SEquation
6.13.6.1.4c-4
Rh
Location
Bot. Flange
Top Flange
Bot. Flange
Dead + Neg. LL
Top Flange
Dead + Pos. LL
7832
5696
7832
5696
Ps (N)
802780
-15379
-631259
63226
It is important to note here that the flange slip resistance must exceed
the larger of: (1) the Service II flange forces or (2) the factored flange
forces from the moments at the splice due to constructibility (erection
and/or deck pouring sequence). However, in this design example,
no special erection procedure is prescribed and, per the Introduction
in Design Step 1, the deck is placed in a single pour. Therefore, the
constructibility moment is equal to the noncomposite dead load
moment shown at the beginning of this design step. By inspection,
the Service II Limit State will control for checking of slip-critical
connections for the flanges and the web in this example.
4-29
S3.4.2
C6.13.6.1.4c
The final portion of this design step is to determine the range of the
stresses at the midthickness of both flanges, and at the top and
bottom of the web for the Fatigue Limit State. The ranges are
calculated below and presented in Table 4-18.
A typical calculation of the stress range for the bottom flange is shown
below.
From Tables 4-9 and 4-10, the factored stresses at the
midthickness of the bottom flange are:
Case 1 - Positive Live Load:
f = 31.5 MPa
4-30
Flange
22mm x
356mm
Girder
Web
Fill Plate
13mm x
356mm
Outside Splice
Plate 11mm x
356mm
Flange
35mm x
356mm
tin = 13 mm
bin = 150 mm
tout = 11 mm
bout = 356 mm
tfill = 13 mm
bfill = 356 mm
4-31
C6.13.6.1.4c
Outside:
Agross_out = tout bout
Agross_out = 3916 mm
Check:
Agross_in
100% = 0.41 %
1
A
gross_out
4-32
C6.13.6.1.4c
S6.13.6.1.4c
Case 1 - Tension:
S6.13.5.2
At the Strength Limit State, the design force in the splice plates
subjected to tension shall not exceed the factored resistances
for yielding, fracture, and block shear.
From Table 4-15, the Strength I bottom flange tension design
force is:
Pcu = 1618567 N
The factored tensile resistance for yielding on the gross section is:
Pr = y Pny
SEquation
6.8.2.1-1
P r = y Fy Ag
Fy = 345 MPa
y = 1
= 809283N
Pr = 1283469 N
>
Pcu
2
= 809283N
4-33
OK
= 809283N
Pr = 1278225 N
>
Pcu
2
= 809283N
OK
The factored tensile resistance for fracture on the net section is:
Pr = u Pnu
SEquation
6.8.2.1-2
P r = u Fu An U
Fu = 450 MPa
u = 1
U = 1.0
S6.13.5.2
4-34
S6.8.3
bn_out = 256 mm
The nominal area is determined to be:
An_out = bn_out tout
An_out = 2816 mm
S6.13.5.2
An 0.85 Ag
Agross_out = 3916 mm
An_out = 2816 mm
<
Pr = u Fu An_out U
Pr = 1013760 N
The outside splice plate takes half of the design flange force:
Pr = 1013760 N
>
Pcu
2
= 809283N
4-35
OK
OK
<
OK
Pr = u Fu An_in U
Pr = 936000N
The inside splice plates take half of the design flange force:
Pr = 936000N
>
Pcu
2
= 809283N
4-36
OK
S6.13.5.2
Case 2 - Compression:
S6.13.6.1.4c
SEquation
6.13.6.1.4c-3
c = 0.90
>
Pcu
2
= 1024622 N
OK
Rr_in = 1210950 N
Rr_in = 1210950 N
>
Pcu
2
= 1024622 N
4-37
OK
Block Shear:
All tension connections, including connection plates, splice plates
and gusset plates, shall be investigated to ensure that adequate
connection material is provided to develop the factored
resistance of the connection. Block shear rupture will usually not
govern the design of splice plates of typical proportion. However,
the block shear checks are carried out here for completeness.
S6.13.6.1.4c
S6.13.5.2
S6.13.4
From Table 4-15, the Strength I bottom flange tension design force is:
Pcu = 1618567N
To determine the appropriate block shear equation:
If
then:
SEquation 6.13.4-1
Otherwise:
Rr = bs ( 0.58 Fu Avn + Fy Atg)
SEquation 6.13.4-2
Fy = 345 MPa
Fu = 450 MPa
bs = 0.80
4-38
Failure Mode 1:
A bolt pattern must be assumed prior to checking an assumed
block shear failure mode. An initial bolt pattern for the bottom
flange splice, along with the first assumed failure mode, is shown
in Figure 4-4. The outside splice plate will now be checked for
block shear.
75mm
38mm
CL Field
Splice
75mm
38mm
49mm
75mm
25mm
356mm
125mm
2
4-39
>
>
Pcu
2
= 809284N
4-40
OK
Failure Mode 2:
See Figure 4-5 for Failure Mode 2:
75mm
38mm
CL Field
Splice
75mm
38mm
49mm
75mm
25mm
356mm
125mm
4-41
>
>
Pcu
2
= 809284N
4-42
OK
The inside splice plates will now be checked for block shear.
See Figure 4-6 for the assumed failure mode:
CL Field
Splice
38mm
75mm
38mm
75mm
75mm
49mm
25mm
38mm
125mm
330mm
150mm
4-43
>
>
Pcu
2
= 809284N
4-44
OK
The girder bottom flange will now be checked for block shear. See
Figure 4-7 for the assumed failure mode:
75mm
75mm
C Field
L
45mm Splice
38mm
75mm
25mm
125mm
356mm
4-45
<
>
Pcu = 1618567 N
OK
4-46
SEquation
6.13.2.7-1
where:
Area of the bolt corresponding to the
nominal diameter:
Ab =
2
dbolt
4
Ab = 380 mm
Specified minimum tensile strength
of the bolt from Design Step 4.1:
Fub = Fubolt
Fub = 830 MPa
Ns = 2
4-47
Rn = 2 ( 0.48 Ab Fub)
Rn = 302890N
The factored shear resistance now follows:
Ru = s Rn
s = 0.80
Ru = 242312N
When bolts carrying loads pass through fillers 6.0 mm or
more in thickness in axially loaded connections, including
girder flange splices, either:
S6.13.6.1.5
(1 + )
( 1 + 2 )
R =
SEquation
6.13.6.1.5-1
where:
=
Af
Ap
4-48
The smaller of either the connected plate area (i.e., girder flange)
or the sum of the splice plate areas on the top and bottom of the
connected plate determines Ap.
Bottom flange area:
bflbL = 356 mm
tflbL = 22 mm
Ap1 = ( bflbL) ( tflbL)
Ap1 = 7832 mm
Agross_out = 3916 mm
Therefore:
=
Af
Ap
= 0.59
4-49
(1 + )
( 1 + 2 )
Rfill =
Rfill = 0.73
To determine the total number of bolts required for the bottom flange
splice, divide the applied Strength I flange design force by the reduced
allowable bolt shear strength:
R = Ru Rfill
R = 176624N
The number of bolts required per side is:
Nbolt =
Pcu
R
Nbolt = 11.60
S 6.13.6.1.4c
When checking for slip of the bolted connection for a flange splice
with inner and outer splice plates, the slip resistance should always
be determined by dividing the flange design force equally to the two
slip planes regardless of the ratio of the splice plate areas. Slip of
the connection cannot occur unless slip occurs on both planes.
C6.13.6.1.4c
From Table 4-17, the Service II bottom flange design force is:
Ps = 802780 N
The factored resistance for slip-critical connections is:
Rr = Rn
SEquation
6.13.2.2-1
SEquation
6.13.2.8-1
R n = Kh Ks N s Pt
4-50
S6.13.2.8
Additionally:
Number of slip planes per bolt:
Ns = 2
Pt = 176000N
STable 6.13.2.8-1
Kh = 1.0
STable 6.13.2.8-2
Ks = 0.50
STable 6.13.2.8-3
R r = Kh Ks N s Pt
Rr = 176000 N
Ps
Nbolt = 4.56
Rr
Use:
Nbolt = 5 bolts <
4-51
S6.13.2.6.1
smin = 3 dbolt
smin = 66 mm
For this example, s = 75 mm
tout = 11 mm
144 mm 175 mm
OK
4-52
S6.13.2.6.2
Next, check for sealing along the free edge at the end of the
splice plate. The bolts are not staggered, therefore the
applicable equation is:
s ( 100 + 4.0 t) 175
Maximum spacing along the free edge at the end of the splice
plate (see Figures 4-4 thru 4-7):
send = 125 mm
Maximum spacing for sealing:
100 mm + 4.0 tout = 144 mm
send 144 mm OK
Therefore the requirement is satisfied.
Flange Bolts - Maximum Pitch for Stitch Bolts:
S6.13.2.6.3
S6.13.2.6.6
Minimum:
4-53
STable 6.13.2.6.6-1
Maximum:
( 38 mm) + ( 45 mm) = 59 mm
and satisfies the maximum edge distance requirement.
59 mm 88 mm
OK
4-54
S6.13.2.9
2 dbolt = 44 mm
For the bolts adjacent to the end of the splice plate, the
edge distance is 38mm. Therefore, the clear end distance
between the edge of the hole and the end of the splice plate:
dhole = 25 mm
Lc = 38 mm
1
Lc = 25 mm
1
Lc = 50 mm
2
4-55
For standard holes, where either the clear distance between holes
or the clear end distance is less than twice the bolt diameter:
Rn = 1.2 Lc t Fu
SEquation
6.13.2.9-2
tout = 11 mm
Fu = 450 MPa
The nominal resistance for the end row of bolt holes is computed
as follows:
Rn = 4 1.2 Lc tout Fu
1
Rn = 605880 N
1
Rn = 8 1.2 Lc tout Fu
2
2
Rn = 2376000 N
2
Rn = 2981880 N
bb = 0.80
Rr = bb Rn
Rr = 2385504 N
Check:
Pcu
2
= 1024622 N <
Rr = 2385504 N OK
4-56
S6.6.1
Check the fatigue stresses in the base metal of the bottom flange
splice plates adjacent to the slip-critical connections. Fatigue
normally does not govern the design of the splice plates, and
therefore, an explicit check is not specified. However, a fatigue
check of the splice plates is recommended whenever the
combined area of the inside and outside flange splice plates is
less than the area of the smaller flange at the splice.
From Table 4-18, the factored fatigue stress range at the
midthickness of the bottom flange is:
ffact = 31.5 MPa
For load-induced fatigue considerations, each detail shall satisfy:
( f ) ( F) n
SEquation
6.6.1.2.2-1
where:
Load factor for the fatigue load combination:
= 0.75
A
Fn =
N1
1
3
( F) n
1
FTH
2
SEquation
6.6.1.2.5-1
4-57
STable
6.6.1.2.3-1
SEquation
6.6.1.2.5-2
11
A = 39.3 10
n = 1.5
ADTTSL = 3000
Therefore:
N1 = 123187500
Determine the nominal fatigue resistance:
Condition 1:
A
Fn =
N1
1
3
Fn = 31.7 MPa
Condition 2:
Fn =
1
FTH
2
<
Fn = 55.0 MPa
4-58
OK
STable
6.6.1.2.5-1
STable
6.6.1.2.5-2
STable
6.6.1.2.5-3
S6.10.5.2
SEquation
6.10.5.2-1
where:
Elastic flange stress caused
by the factored loading:
ff
The flange force is equally distributed to the inner and outer splice
plates due to the areas of the flanges being within 10 percent of each
other:
P =
Ps
P = 401390 N
Agross_out
<
OK
Agross_in
<
OK
The design of the top flange splice is not included in this design
example (for the sake of simplicity and brevity). However, the top
flange splice is designed using the same procedures and methods
presented in this design example for the bottom flange splice.
4-60
Web splice plates and their connections shall be designed for shear,
the moment due to the eccentricity of the shear at the point of splice,
and the portion of the flexural moment assumed to be resisted by the
web at the point of the splice.
Girder Shear Forces at the Splice Location:
Based on the girder properties defined in Design Step 3 (Steel
Girder Design), any number of commercially available software
programs can be used to obtain the design dead and live loads at
the splice. For this design example, the AASHTO Opis software
was used. A summary of the unfactored shears at the splice from
the initial trial of the girder design are listed below. The live loads
include impact and distribution factors.
Loads
Shears
Dead Loads:
Noncomposite:
VNDL = 270438N
Composite:
VCDL = 38700N
VFWS = 47150N
Live Loads:
HL-93 Positive:
VPLL = 64500N
HL-93 Negative:
VNLL = 405215N
Fatigue Positive:
VPFLL = 22240N
Fatigue Negative:
VNFLL = 148565N
4-61
S6.13.6.1.4b
C6.13.6.1.4b
C6.13.6.1.4b
The moment, Muv, due to the eccentricity of the design shear, Vuw,
is resisted solely by the web and always acts about the mid-depth
of the web (i.e., horizontal force resultant is zero). This moment is
computed as:
Muv = Vuw e
where e is defined as the distance from the centerline of the
splice to the centroid of the connection on the side of the joint
under consideration. For this design example:
e = 49 mm +
75 mm
2
e = 86 mm
The total web moment for each load case is computed as follows:
Mtotal = Muw + Muv
In general, and in this example, the web splice is designed under
the conservative assumption that the maximum moment and
shear at the splice will occur under the same loading condition.
4-62
S6.13.6.1.4b
S6.13.6.1.4b
For the Strength I Limit State, the girder web factored shear
resistance is required when determining the design shear. Assume
an unstiffened web at the splice location.
S6.10.7.2
v = 1.00
Vr = v Vn
SEquation
6.10.7.1-1
Vn = C Vp
SEquation
6.10.7.2-1
Vp = 0.58 Fyw D tw
SEquation
6.10.7.2-2
where:
Ratio of shear buckling stress to the shear yield strength, C,
is dependent upon the ratio of D/tw in comparison to:
1.10
Ek
Fyw
and
1.38
S6.10.7.3.3a
Ek
Fyw
And:
k = 5.0
Modulus of Elasticity:
E = 200000MPa
Specified minimum
yield strength of the web
(Design Step 4.1):
Fyw = Fy
Fyw = 345 MPa
D = 1372 mm
tw = 13 mm
4-63
S6.10.7.2
Compare:
D
= 106
tw
to the values for:
1.10
Ek
= 59
Fyw
and
1.38
Ek
= 74
Fyw
C =
1.52 E k
2 Fyw
D
t
w
SEquation
6.10.7.3.3a-7
C = 0.40
The nominal shear resistance is computed as follows:
Vp = 0.58 Fyw D tw
Vp = 3568984 N
Vn = C Vp
Vn = 1411717 N
The factored shear resistance now follows:
Vr = v Vn
Vr = 1411717N
4-64
At the strength limit state, the design shear, Vuw, shall be taken as:
If Vu < 0.5 Vr, then:
SEquation
6.13.6.1.4b-1
Vuw = 1.5 Vu
Otherwise:
Vuw =
Vu + Vr
SEquation
6.13.6.1.4b-2
The shear due to the Strength I loading at the point of splice, Vu, is
computed from the girder shear forces at the splice location listed
at the beginning of this design step.
For the Strength I Limit State, the factored shear for the
positive live load is:
Vupos = 0.90 ( VNDL + VCDL) + 1.75 VPLL
Vupos = 165349 N
For the Strength I Limit State, the factored shear for the
negative live load is:
Vuneg = 1.25 ( VNDL + VCDL) + 1.50 VFWS + 1.75 VNLL
Vuneg = 1166274N (controls)
Therefore:
Vu = Vuneg
Since Vu exceeds one-half of Vr:
Vuw =
Vu + Vr
SEquation
6.13.6.1.4b-2
Vuw = 1288996 N
4-65
Mw =
tw D
12
CEquation
6.13.6.1.4b-1
where:
The hybrid girder reduction factor:
Rh = 1.0
Fcf
fcf
Rcf = 1.47
Web thickness:
tw = 13 mm
Web depth:
D = 1372 mm
4-66
Mw_str_pos =
tw D
12
Mw_str_pos = 550164995 N mm
e = 86 mm
Mtot_str_pos = 661663149 N mm
Hw_str_pos =
tw D
2
CEquation
6.13.6.1.4b-2
Hw_str_pos = 2267 kN
4-67
Rcf =
Fcf
Rcf = 1.97
fcf
Therefore:
Mw_str_neg =
tw D
12
Mw_str_neg = 913905688 N mm
4-68
e = 86 mm
Mtot_str_neg = 1025403842 N mm
Hw_str_neg =
tw D
2
Hw_str_neg = 676360 N
4-69
Vser_pos = 225288 N
For the Service II Limit State, the factored shear for the
negative live load is (include future wearing surface):
Vser_neg = 883068 N
(governs)
Therefore:
Vw_ser = Vser_neg
4-70
S6.13.6.1.4b
Mw_ser =
Hw_ser =
tw D
12
tw D
2
fs fos
( fs + fos)
Mw_ser_pos =
tw D
12
fs_bot_pos fos_top_pos
Mw_ser_pos = 214529030 N mm
4-71
C6.13.6.1.4b
e = 86 mm
Mtot_ser_pos = 290914369 N mm
Hw_ser_pos =
tw D
2
( fs_bot_pos + fos_top_pos)
Hw_ser_pos = 890016N
4-72
tw D
12
fs_bot_neg fos_top_neg
Mw_ser_neg = 186999164 N mm
The total web moment is:
Vw_ser = 883068N
e = 86 mm
Mtot_ser_neg = 263384503 N mm
Compute the horizontal force resultant:
Hw_ser_neg =
tw D
2
( fs_bot_neg + fos_top_neg)
Hw_ser_neg = 619801 N
The above value is a signed quantity, positive for tension, and
negative for compression.
4-73
For the Fatigue Limit State, the factored shear for the
positive live load is:
Vfat_pos = 0.75 VPFLL
Vfat_pos = 16680N
For the Fatigue Limit State, the factored shear for the
negative live load is:
Vfat_neg = 0.75 VNFLL
Vfat_neg = 111424 N
Web Moments and Horizontal Force Resultants:
Hw =
tw D
12
tw D
2
( fbotweb ftopweb)
( fbotweb + ftopweb)
4-74
C6.13.6.1.4a
tw D
12
( fbotweb_pos ftopweb_pos)
Mw_fat_pos = 39357512 N mm
The total web moment is:
Vfat_pos = 16680N
e = 86 mm
Mtot_fat_pos = 40800332 N mm
Compute the horizontal force resultant:
Hw_fat_pos =
tw D
2
( fbotweb_pos + ftopweb_pos)
Hw_fat_pos = 150714N
tw D
12
( fbotweb_neg ftopweb_neg)
Mw_fat_neg = 28549491 N mm
The total web moment is:
Vfat_neg = 111424 N
e = 86 mm
Mtot_fat_neg = 38187645 N mm
Compute the horizontal force resultant:
Hw_fat_neg =
tw D
2
( fbotweb_neg + ftopweb_neg)
Hw_fat_neg = 108800 N
The above value is a signed quantity, positive for tension, and
negative for compression.
4-76
10mm
49mm
38mm
75mm
38mm
75mm
4-77
S6.13.2.6.1
This check is only dependent upon the bolt diameter, and is therefore
satisfied for a 75mm spacing per the check for the flange bolts from
Design Step 4.4.
Web Bolts - Maximum Spacing for Sealing:
S6.13.2.6.2
twp = 8 mm
132 mm 175 mm
OK
S6.13.2.6.3
4-78
S6.13.2.6.6
Minimum:
( 38 mm) + ( 38 mm) = 54 mm
and satisfies the maximum edge distance requirement.
54 mm 64 mm
OK
4-79
STable 6.13.2.6.6-1
nm 2 2
2
2
s n 1 + g m 1
12
CEquation
6.13.6.1.4b-3
where:
Number of vertical rows of bolts:
m = 2
n = 16
Vertical pitch:
s = 75 mm
Horizontal pitch:
g = 75 mm
nm 2 2
2
2
s n 1 + g m 1
12
Ip = 3870000 mm
4-80
Since the bolt shear strength for both the flange and
web splices is based on the assumption that the
threads are excluded from the shear planes, an
appropriate note should be placed on the drawings to
ensure that the splice is detailed to exclude the bolt
threads from the shear planes.
Case 1 - Dead Load + Positive Live Load:
The following forces were computed in Design Step 4.6:
Vuw = 1288996 N
Mtot_str_pos = 661663149 N mm
Hw_str_pos = 2267063 N
The vertical shear force in the bolts due to the applied shear force:
Pv_str =
Vuw
Nb
Pv_str = 40281N
The horizontal shear force in the bolts due to the horizontal
force resultant:
PH_str_pos =
Hw_str_pos
Nb
PH_str_pos = 70846N
Determine the horizontal and vertical components of the bolt shear
force on the extreme bolt due to the total moment in the web:
PMv =
Mtotal x
Ip
and
PMh =
Mtotal y
4-81
Ip
g
2
x = 38 mm
15 s
2
y = 563 mm
Mtot_str_pos ( x)
Ip
PMv_str_pos = 6411 N
PMh_str_pos =
Mtot_str_pos( y)
Ip
PMh_str_pos = 96172N
Pr_str_pos = 173422 N
4-82
Hw_str_neg = 676360 N
The vertical shear force in the bolts due to the applied shear force:
Pv_str =
Vuw
Nb
Pv_str = 40281N
The horizontal shear force in the bolts due to the horizontal
force resultant:
PH_str_neg =
Hw_str_neg
Nb
PH_str_neg = 21136N
Determine the horizontal and vertical components of the bolt
shear force on the extreme bolt due to the total moment in the web:
Calculating the components:
PMv_str_neg =
Mtot_str_neg ( x)
Ip
PMv_str_neg = 9936 N
4-83
PMh_str_neg =
Mtot_str_neg( y)
Ip
PMh_str_neg = 149041 N
Pr_str_neg =
Pr_str_neg = 177432N
Pr_str = 177432 N
Check:
Pr_str = 177432 N <
Ru = 242312N OK
4-84
Vw_ser
Nb
Ps_ser = 27596N
The horizontal shear force in the bolts due to the horizontal
force resultant:
PH_ser_pos =
Hw_ser_pos
Nb
PH_ser_pos = 27813N
4-85
PMv_ser_pos =
Mtot_ser_pos ( x)
Ip
PMv_ser_pos = 2819 N
PMh_ser_pos =
Mtot_ser_pos( y)
Ip
PMh_ser_pos = 42284N
Pr_ser_pos =
Pr_ser_pos = 76411N
4-86
Vw_ser
Nb
Ps_ser = 27596N
The horizontal shear force in the bolts due to the horizontal
force resultant:
PH_ser_neg =
Hw_ser_neg
Nb
PH_ser_neg = 19369N
Determine the horizontal and vertical components of the bolt
shear force on the extreme bolt due to the total moment in the web:
For the vertical component:
PMv_ser_neg =
Mtot_ser_neg ( x)
Ip
PMv_ser_neg = 2552 N
4-87
PMh_ser_neg =
Mtot_ser_neg( y)
Ip
PMh_ser_neg = 38283N
Pr_ser_neg =
Pr_ser_neg = 65058N
The governing resultant bolt force is:
Pr_ser = max ( Pr_ser_pos , Pr_ser_neg)
Pr_ser = 76411N
Check:
Pr_ser = 76411N <
Rr = 176000 N OK
4-88
S6.13.6.1.4b
SEquation
6.13.5.3-1
Rn = 0.58 Ag Fy
The gross area of the web splice is calculated as follows:
Number of splice plates:
Nwp = 2
Thickness of plate:
twp = 8 mm
dwp = 1220 mm
Fy = 345 MPa
v = 1.00
Rr = 3905952 N OK
4-89
SEquation
6.13.5.3-2
S6.13.6.1.4b
Strength I Limit State checks for fracture on the net section of web
splice plates and block shear rupture normally do not govern for
plates of typical proportion. These checks are provided in this
example for completeness.
From Design Step 4.6, the factored design shear for the Strength I
Limit State was determined to be:
Vuw = 1288996 N
Fracture on the Net Section:
C6.13.4
Atn = 0 mm
SEquation 6.13.4-2
4-90
Nwp = 2
dwp = 1220 mm
Nfn = 16
twp = 8 mm
Fy = 345 MPa
Fu = 450 MPa
dhole = 25 mm
>
Avn = 13120mm
OK
>
Vuw = 1288996 N
4-91
OK
S6.13.5.2
S6.13.4
SEquation
6.13.4-1
otherwise:
Rr = bs ( 0.58 Fu Avn + Fy Atg)
SEquation
6.13.4-2
C
L Splice
38mm
75mm
38mm
75mm
<
Rr = 3153274 N
4-93
OK
S6.13.6.1.4b
Check for flexural yielding on the gross section of the web splice
plates for the Strength I Limit State due to the total web moment
and the horizontal force resultant:
f =
MTotal
Spl
Huw
f Fy
Agross_wp
where:
Resistance factor for flexure (Design Step 4.1):
f = 1.00
1
Agross_wp dwp
6
Spl = 3969067 mm
fstr_pos =
Mtot_str_pos
fstr_pos = 283
Spl
Hw_str_pos
Agross_wp
N
mm
<
f Fy = 345 MPa
4-94
OK
Hw_str_neg = 676360 N
fstr_neg =
Mtot_str_neg
Spl
Hw_str_neg
Agross_wp
<
f Fy = 345 MPa OK
4-95
S6.10.5.2
f =
MTotal
Spl
Hw
Agross_wp
0.95 Fy
where:
Spl = 3969067 mm
Agross_wp = 19520mm
Hw_ser_pos = 890016N
fser_pos =
Mtot_ser_pos
Spl
Hw_ser_pos
Agross_wp
<
4-96
OK
Hw_ser_neg = 619801 N
fser_neg =
Mtot_ser_neg
Spl
Hw_ser_neg
Agross_wp
fser_neg = 98 MPa
fser_neg = 98 MPa
<
4-97
OK
S6.13.2.9
Since the girder web thickness is less than twice the thickness of
the web splice plates, the girder web will control for the bearing
check.
Check the bearing of the bolts on the connected material for the
Strength I Limit State assuming the bolts have slipped and gone into
bearing. The design bearing strength of the girder web at the
location of the extreme bolt in the splice is computed as the minimum
resistance along the two orthogonal shear failure planes shown in
Figure 4-10. The maximum force (vector resultant) acting on the
extreme bolt is compared to this calculated strength, which is
conservative since the components of this force parallel to the failure
surfaces are smaller than the maximum force.
Hole 2
Lc1
End of
Girder
Lc2
Hole 1
Bottom Flange
Shear Planes
for Bearing
(Typ.)
2 dbolt = 44 mm
4-98
S6.13.2.9
The edge distance from the center of the hole to the edge of the
girder is taken as 45mm. Therefore, the clear distance between
the edge of the hole and the edge of the girder is computed as
follows:
dhole
Lc = 45 mm
1
2
S6.13.2.6.6
Lc = 50 mm
2
SEquation
6.13.2.9-2
tw = 13 mm
Fu = 450 MPa
Rn = 228150N
4-99
Rr = 182520 N
The controlling minimum Strength I resultant bolt force was
previously computed:
Pr_str = 177432 N
<
Rr = 182520 N
OK
4-100
SEquation
6.6.1.2.2-1
f =
Mtotal
Spl
Hw
Agross_wp
Agross_wp = 19520mm
Hw_fat_pos = 150714N
ffat_pos =
Mtot_fat_pos
Spl
Hw_fat_pos
Agross_wp
ffat_pos = 18 MPa
4-101
Hw_fat_neg = 108800 N
ffat_neg =
Mtot_fat_neg
Spl
Hw_fat_neg
Agross_wp
ffat_neg = 15 MPa
The total fatigue-load stress range at the bottom edge of the
web splice plates is therefore:
f = ffat_pos + ffat_neg
f = 33 MPa
From Design Step 4.4, the fatigue resistance was
determined as:
Fn = 55 MPa
The fatigue check is now completed as follows:
f = 33 MPa
<
Fn = 55 MPa
4-102
OK
Figure 4-11 shows the final bolted field splice as determined in this
design example.
CL Bolted Field
Splice
49mm (Typ.)
38mm
(Typ)
Web Plate
1372mm x
13mm
(Typ.)
75mm
(Typ.)
2 - Web Splice
Plates
1219mm x 8mm
15 Spa. At 75mm
(32 Bolts Total)
Flange Plate
356mm x
22mm
Fill Plate
356mm x
13mm
Outside
2 Spa. At 75mm
Splice Plate
12 Bolts Total
356mm x
(Typ.)
11mm
Flange Plate
356mm x
35mm
4-103
2
10
16
21
Shear connectors
Bearing stiffeners
Welded connections
Diaphragms and cross-frames
Lateral bracing
Girder camber
MPa =
N
mm
5-1
S6.10.7.4.1
S6.10.7.4.1a
125
mm (Typ.)
A B C
22mm
150mm
90mm
215
mm
356 mm
5-2
S6.10.7.4.1a
Heightstud = 150mm
Diameterstud = 22 mm
Heightstud
Diameterstud
=7
OK
n Zr I
Vsr Q
5-3
S6.10.7.4.1b
I = 25562038078 mm
S6.10.3.1.1b
Q = 21207102 mm
Zr = d
38.0 d
2
N1 = 82125000
S6.10.7.4.2
(see Design Step 3.14 at location
of maximum positive flexure)
mm
38.0 d
2
d = 2189
Therefore,
p =
n Zr I
Vsr Q
Zr = 9196N
p = 214 mm
5-4
= 9196
S6.6.1.2.5
SC6.10.7.4.1b
Q = 31738520 mm
Zr = 9196N
p =
n Zr I
Vsr Q
S6.10.7.4.2
(see previous computation)
p = 313 mm
5-5
S6.10.7.4.1b
OK
p 6d
d = 22 mm
6 d = 132 mm
OK
S6.10.7.4.1c
Stud shear connectors must not be closer than 4.0 stud diameters
center-to-center transverse to the longitudinal axis of the supporting
member.
4 d = 88 mm
Spacingtransverse = 125 mm (see Figure 5-1)
OK
In addition, the clear distance between the edge of the top flange and
the edge of the nearest shear connector must not be less than 25mm.
Distanceclear =
356mm
d
125mm
2
2
Distanceclear = 42 mm
OK
The clear depth of concrete cover over the tops of the shear
connectors should not be less than 50 millimeters, and shear
connectors should penetrate at least 50 millimeters into the deck.
Based on the shear connector penetration information presented in
Table 5-1, both of these requirements are satisfied.
5-6
S6.10.7.4.1d
For the strength limit state, the factored resistance of the shear
connectors, Qr, is computed as follows:
S6.10.7.4.4
Qr = sc Qn
S6.10.7.4.4a
sc = 0.85
S6.5.4.2
S6.10.7.4.4c
Asc =
d
4
Asc = 380 mm
f' c = 28 MPa
S5.4.2.1
S5.4.2.4
Fu = 420 MPa
S6.4.4
Qn = 159600N
Qr = sc Qn
Therefore,
Qr = 135660 N
S6.10.7.4.4a
Vh
Qr
The total horizontal shear force, Vh, between the point of maximum
positive moment and each adjacent point of 0.0 moment is equal to
the lesser of the following:
Vh = 0.85 f' c b ts
or
Vh = Fyw D tw + Fyt bt tt + Fyc bf tf
5-7
S6.10.7.4.4b
where
f' c = 28 MPa
b = 2722 mm
ts = 212 mm
tw = 13 mm
tt = 22 mm
tf = 16 mm
S5.4.2.1
STable 6.4.1-1
STable 6.4.1-1
STable 6.4.1-1
Vh = 10820580N
Vh
Qr
n = 79.8
The distance between the end of the girder and the location of
maximum positive moment is approximately equal to:
L = 14630 mm
L = 10850mm
5-8
S6.10.7.4.4a
n = 3
L
p
L = 10850mm
n = 130.2
p = 250 mm
OK
S6.10.7.4.4b
Vh = Ar Fyr
where
Ar = 8667 mm
L = 11096mm
Using a pitch of 250 millimeters, as previously computed for the
fatigue limit state, the number of shear connectors provided is as
follows:
n = 3
L
p
n = 133.2
p = 250 mm
OK
5-9
S6.10.7.4.4a
Therefore, using a pitch of 250 millimeters for each row, with three
stud shear connectors per row, throughout the entire length of the
girder satisfies both the fatigue limit state requirements of
S6.10.7.4.1 and S6.10.7.4.2 and the strength limit state requirements
of S6.10.7.4.4.
Therefore, use a shear stud spacing as illustrated in the following
figure.
Symmetrical about C
L Pier
146 Spaces @ 250mm = 36500mm (Approximately 36576mm)
(3 Stud Shear Connectors Per Row)
CL Bearing Abutment
CL Pier
5-10
S6.10.8.2.1
The stiffeners extend the full depth of the web and, as closely as
practical, to the outer edges of the flanges.
Each stiffener will either be milled to fit against the flange through
which it receives its reaction or attached to the flange by a full
penetration groove weld.
The following figure illustrates the bearing stiffener layout at the
abutments.
CL Bearings at
Abutment
Partial Girder Elevation at Abutment
tw = 13mm
Bearing Stiffener
(Typ.)
bt = 140mm
Web
Bearing Stiffener
tp = 17.5mm
(Typ.)
Section A-A
5-11
S6.10.8.2.2
E
Fys
tp = 17.5 mm
E = 200000 MPa
S6.4.1
STable 6.4.1-1
0.48 tp
E
= 202 mm
Fys
bt = 140 mm
OK
S6.10.8.2.3
Br = b Apn Fys
b = 1.00
S6.5.4.2
5-12
Bearing
Stiffener
(Typ.)
25mm x 25mm
Clip for Fillet Weld
(Typ.)
bbrg = 115 mm
Apn = 2bbrg tp
Apn = 4025 mm
5-13
The final bearing stiffener check relates to the axial resistance of the
bearing stiffeners. The factored axial resistance is determined as
specified in S6.9.2.1. The radius of gyration is computed about the
midthickness of the web, and the effective length is taken as 0.75D,
where D is the web depth.
S6.10.8.2.4
S6.10.8.2.4a
For stiffeners consisting of two plates welded to the web, the effective
column section consists of the two stiffener elements, plus a centrally
located strip of web extending not more than 9tw on each side of the
stiffeners. This is illustrated in the following figure:
S6.10.8.2.4b
Bearing Stiffener
(Typ.)
234mm
(Typ.)
9tw = 117mm
bt = 140mm
9tw = 117mm
tw = 13mm
Midthickness
of Web
tp = 17.5mm
(Typ.)
S6.9.2.1
c = 0.90
S6.5.4.2
2
k l Fy
S6.9.4.1
kl = ( 0.75) ( 1372mm)
S6.10.8.2.4a
S6.10.8.2.4b
12
Is = 36725404 mm
5-14
S6.10.8.2.4b
Is
rs =
As
rs = 67 mm
Fy = 345MPa
2
kl Fy
rs E
S6.9.4.1
= 0.0412
Therefore,
2.25
Therefore,
Pn = 0.66 Fy As
S6.9.4.1
Pn = 2770676 N
Pr = c Pn
S6.9.2.1
Pr = 2493608 N
ReactionFactored = 1315488 N
Therefore, the bearing stiffener at the abutment satisfies the axial
bearing resistance requirements.
The bearing stiffener at the abutment satisfies all bearing stiffener
requirements. Therefore, use the bearing stiffener as presented in
Figures 5-3 and 5-4.
5-15
S6.13.3
For this design example, two fillet welded connection designs will be
presented using E483 weld metal:
1. Welded connection between the bearing stiffeners and the web.
2. Welded connection between the web and the flanges.
For the welded connection between the bearing stiffeners and the
web, the fillet weld must resist the factored reaction computed in
Design Step 5.2.
ReactionFactored = 1315488 N
Assume a fillet weld thickness of 6 millimeters.
ThicknessWeld = 6mm
Fillet Weld Thickness
In most cases, the minimum weld thickness, as
specified in Table 5-2, provides a welded connection
that satisfies all design requirements. Therefore, the
minimum weld thickness is generally a good starting
point when designing a fillet weld.
The resistance of the fillet weld in shear is the product of the effective
area and the factored resistance of the weld metal. The factored
resistance of the weld metal is computed as follows:
S6.13.3.2.4b
Rr = 0.6 e2 Fexx
e2 = 0.80
S6.5.4.2
SC6.13.3.2.1
Rr = 0.6 e2 Fe483
S6.13.3.2.4b
Rr = 232 MPa
5-16
The effective area equals the effective weld length multiplied by the
effective throat. The effective throat is the shortest distance from the
joint root to the weld face.
S6.13.3.3
ThicknessWeld
2
ThroatEff = 4.2 mm
AreaEff = 22435mm
S6.13.3.2.4b
Resistance = Rr AreaEff
Resistance = 5201350 N
OK
S6.13.3.4
For the fillet weld connecting the bearing stiffeners to the web, the
bearing stiffener thickness is 17.5 millimeters and the web thickness
is 13 millimeters. Therefore, the maximum fillet weld size requirement
is satisfied.
The minimum size of fillet welds is as presented in Table 5-2. In
addition, the weld size need not exceed the thickness of the thinner
part joined.
Minimum Size of Fillet Welds
Base Metal Thickness of
Minimum Size of
Thicker Part Joined (T)
Fillet Weld
(mm)
(mm)
T 20
6
T > 20
8
5-17
S6.13.3.4
STable 6.13.3.4-1
The minimum effective length of a fillet weld is four times its size and
in no case less than 40 millimeters. Therefore, this requirement is
also satisfied.
S6.13.3.5
VQ
I
This value is greatest at the pier, where the factored shear has its
highest value.
The following computations are for the welded connection between
the web and the top flange. The welded connection between the web
and the bottom flange is designed in a similar manner.
The shear is computed based on the individual section properties
and load factors for each loading, as presented in Design Steps 3.3
and 3.6:
For the noncomposite section, the factored horizontal shear is
computed as follows:
VNoncomp = ( 1.25 510052 N)
VNoncomp = 637565 N
QNoncomp = ( 356 mm 63.5 mm) ( 1474 mm 729 mm)
QNoncomp = 16841470 mm
INoncomp = 27369461200 mm
vNoncomp =
VNoncomp QNoncomp
vNoncomp = 392
INoncomp
5-18
N
mm
S6.13.3
VComp QComp
N
mm
vComp = 539
IComp
N
mm
Rr = 232 MPa
The effective area equals the effective weld length multiplied by the
effective throat. The effective throat is the shortest distance from the
joint root to the weld face. In this case, the effective area is computed
per unit length, based on the use of one weld on each side of the web.
ThroatEff =
S6.13.3.2.4b
ThicknessWeld
2
ThroatEff = 5.7 mm
2
AreaEff = 2 ThroatEff
mm
AreaEff = 11.3
mm
5-19
S6.13.3.3
S6.13.3.2.4b
Resistance = Rr AreaEff
Resistance = 2623
N
mm
OK
S6.13.3.4
For the fillet weld connecting the web to the flanges, the web
thickness is 13 millimeters, the minimum flange thickness is 16
millimeters, and the maximum flange thickness is 70 millimeters.
Therefore, the maximum fillet weld size requirement is satisfied.
The minimum size of fillet welds is as presented in Table 5-2. In
addition, the weld size need not exceed the thickness of the thinner
part joined.
S6.13.3.4
In this case, the thicker part joined is the flange, which has a minimum
thickness of 16 millimeters and a maximum thickness of 70
millimeters. Therefore, based on Table 5-2, the minimum size of fillet
weld is 8 millimeters, and this requirement is satisfied.
The minimum effective length of a fillet weld is four times its size and
in no case less than 40 millimeters. Therefore, this requirement is
also satisfied.
S6.13.3.5
5-20
In Design Step 3.14 for the positive moment region, the fatigue check is
illustrated for the fillet-welded connection of the transverse intermediate
stiffeners to the girder. This procedure must be considered for the
base metal at welded connections.
Additional weld connection requirements are presented in S6.13.3 and
in ANSI/AASHTO/AWS Bridge Welding Code D1.5.
Design Step 5.4 - Design Cross-frames
Diaphragms and cross-frames may be placed at the following locations
along the bridge:
5-21
S6.7.4.1
Transfer of lateral wind loads from the bottom of the girder to the
deck and from the deck to the bearings
Stability of the bottom flange for all loads when it is in compression
Stability of the top flange in compression prior to curing of the deck
Distribution of vertical dead and live loads applied to the structure
5-22
Cross-frame Types
K-type cross-frames are as shown in Figure 5-6, while
X-type cross-frames have an X-shape configuration of
angles or structural tees rather than a K-shape
configuration of angles or structural tees.
A common rule of thumb is to use K-type cross-frames
when the aspect ratio (that is, the ratio of the girder
spacing to the girder depth) is greater than about 1.5
to 1 and to use X-type cross-frames when the aspect
ratio is less than 1.5 to 1.
For this design example, cross-frames will be used.
Girder spacing:
S = 2972 mm
Girder depth:
D = 1505.5 mm
Aspect ratio:
S
=2
D
5-23
2972mm
1486mm
1486mm
PD d
C4.6.2.7.1
2
= 1.0
W =
S1.3
= 1.40
PD = 167 Pa
d = 1505.5mm
(maximum value)
PD d
W = 0.176
STable 3.4.1-1
N
mm
The horizontal wind force applied to the brace point may then be
computed as specified in C4.6.2.7.1, as follows:
P w = W Lb
W = 0.176
C4.6.2.7.1
N
mm
Lb = 6096 mm
P w = W Lb
Pw = 1073 N
5-24
For the design of the cross-frame members, the following checks should
be made using the previously computed wind load:
Slenderness
Axial compression
Flexure about the major axis
Flexure about the minor axis
Flexure and axial compression
5-25
6-1
2
2
3
3
4
5
5
7
8
9
9
10
12
15
sx = 0.0121rad
Psd = 301574N
6-2
S14.6.2
Wpad = 380mm
hrcover = 6mm
hrinternal = 9.5mm
Nstlayers = 9
hreinf = 3mm
Material Properties
S14.7.6.2 &
S14.7.5.2
Elastomer hardness:
HshoreA = 50
G = 0.66MPa
STable 14.7.5.2-1
Cd = 0.25
STable 14.7.5.2-1
Fy = 345MPa
6-3
C14.7.5.1
S14.7.6.1 &
S14.7.5.1
OK
For rectangular bearings without holes, the shape factor for the ith
layer is:
Si =
LW
2 hri ( L + W)
Lpad Wpad
Scov = 15.32
The shape factor for the internal layers is then:
Sint =
Lpad Wpad
Sint = 9.67
6-4
S14.7.5.1
and
S14.7.6.3.2
s 1.0 G S
DLserv + LLserv
( Lpad Wpad)
s = 6.2 MPa
1.0 G Sint = 6.4 MPa
OK
LLserv
( Lpad Wpad)
L = 3.6 MPa
Design Step 6.7 - Check Compressive Deflection
The compressive deflection due to the total load at the service limit
state is obtained from the following equation:
= i hri
6-5
S14.7.5.3.3
CTable
14.7.5.3.3-1
S14.7.5.3.3
inst = 3.5 mm
The effects of creep should also be considered. For this design
example, material-specific data is not available. Therefore, calculate
the creep deflection value as follows:
STable 14.7.5.2-1
creep = Cd inst
creep = 0.9 mm
The total deflection is then:
total = inst + creep
total = 4.4 mm
The initial compressive deflection in any layer of a steel-reinforced
elastomeric bearing at the service limit state without dynamic load
allowance shall not exceed 0.07hri.
In order to reduce design steps, the above requirement will be
checked using the deflection calculated for the service limit state
including dynamic load allowance. If the compressive deflection is
greater than 0.07hri, then the deflection without dynamic load
allowance would need to be calculated.
int1layer = int hrinternal
int1layer = 0.4 mm
0.07hrinternal = 0.7 mm
OK
6-6
S14.7.6.3.3
s = TU contr
s = 19.6 mm
2 s = 39.1 mm
88mm 38.9mm
OK
6-7
h
ri
n
s 0.5G S
S14.7.6.3.5
S14.7.6.3.5d
and
2
W sz
s 0.5G S
hri n
s = 6.2 MPa
The service rotation due to the total load about the transverse axis
was taken from Opis:
sx = 0.0121 rad
S14.7.6.3.5d
Construction Tolerance
sx
Lpad
0.5 G Sint
= 6.0 MPa
hrinternal ( 8 + 1)
OK
The service rotation due to the total load about the longitudinal
axis is negligible compared to the service rotation about the
transverse axis. Therefore, the check about the longitudinal axis
will be assumed to be negligible and is not computed in this
bearing design example.
6-8
Wpad
= 118.7 mm
S14.7.6.3.6
= 126.7 mm
OK
3hmax s
Fy
hmax = hrinternal
hmax = 9.5 mm
s = 6.2 MPa
3 hmax s
Fy
Fy = 345 MPa
= 0.5 mm
hreinf = 3 mm
OK
6-9
S14.7.6.3.7
S14.7.5.3.7
2.0hmax L
FTH
STable 6.6.1.2.5-3
= 0.4 mm
hreinf = 3 mm
OK
6-10
S14.7.6.4
STable 3.4.1-1
WL = 0.00
STable 3.4.1-1
VwindstrIII =
( WS WS + WL WL)
5
VwindstrIII = 38331N
Factored shear force per bearing for Strength V:
WS = 0.40
STable 3.4.1-1
WL = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
VwindstrV =
( WS WS + WL WL)
5
VwindstrV = 16292N
Use:
1
Psd = 60315N
5
Since the maximum shear force at the strength limit state does not
exceed one-fifth of the minimum vertical force due to permanent dead
loads, the pad does not need to be secured against horizontal
movement.
6-11
S14.8.3.1
S3.10.9.2
C3.4.1
S14.8.3.1
S6.13.2.7
S6.4.3
Rn = 0.48 Ab Fub Ns
S6.13.2.7
s = 0.65
( 16mm)
Ab =
4
Ab = 201 mm
6-12
S6.5.4.2
Fub = 420MPa
Ns = 2
(number of bolts)
Rn = 0.48 Ab Fub Ns
Rn = 81068N
Rr = s Rn
Rr = 52694N
Rr HEQ
OK
Once the anchor bolt quantity and size are determined, the anchor
bolt length must be computed. As an approximation, the bearing
stress may be assumed to vary linearly from zero at the end of the
embedded length to its maximum value at the top surface of the
concrete. The bearing resistance of the concrete is based on
S5.7.5.
b Pn = b 0.85 fc A1 m
Stressbrg =
S14.8.3.1
C14.8.3.1
S5.7.5
b Pn
A1
Stressbrg = b 0.85 fc m
m = 0.75
Assume:
b = 0.70
(conservative assumption)
S5.5.4.2.1
HEQ
2
P1bolt = 17436N
6-13
A1 = 2791 mm
A1 is the product of the anchor bolt diameter and the length the
anchor bolt is embedded into the concrete pedestal/beam seat.
Since we know the anchor bolt diameter, we can now solve for the
required embedment length.
Lembed =
A1
16mm
Lembed = 174 mm
Individual states and agencies have their own minimum anchor bolt
embedment lengths. For this design example, a minimum of 300
millimeters will be used.
Use:
Lembed = 300mm
6-14
356mm
Pad length
90.0
Pad width
115mm
380mm
3mm (Typ.)
6-15
CL Bearing
(transverse
axis)
6-16
Embedment (Typ.)
300mm
115mm
16mm
Diameter A
307 Bolt
(Typ.)
Table of Contents
Page
Design Step 7.1 - Obtain Design Criteria
Design Step 7.2 - Select Optimum Abutment Type
Design Step 7.3 - Select Preliminary Abutment Dimensions
Design Step 7.4 - Compute Dead Load Effects
Design Step 7.5 - Compute Live Load Effects
Design Step 7.6 - Compute Other Load Effects
Design Step 7.7 - Analyze and Combine Force Effects
Design Step 7.8 - Check Stability and Safety Requirements
Design Step 7.9 - Design Abutment Backwall
Design Step 7.10 - Design Abutment Stem
Design Step 7.11 - Design Abutment Footing
Design Step 7.12 - Draw Schematic of Final Abutment Design
Design Step 7.2 - Select Optimum Wingwall Type
Design Step 7.3 - Select Preliminary Wingwall Dimensions
Design Step 7.4 - Compute Dead Load Effects
Design Step 7.5 - Compute Live Load Effects
Design Step 7.6 - Compute Other Load Effects
Design Step 7.7 - Analyze and Combine Force Effects
Design Step 7.9 - Design Wingwall Stem
Design Step 7.12 - Draw Schematic of Final Wingwall Design
7-1
2
5
5
6
8
10
27
54
54
63
71
97
98
98
99
101
101
104
111
119
MPa = 1000000Pa
7-2
Material properties:
Concrete density:
Wc = 2400
kg
STable 3.5.1-1
Concrete 28-day
compressive strength:
f' c = 28MPa
Reinforcement
strength:
fy = 420MPa
S5.4.2.1
SC5.4.2.1
STable C5.4.2.1-1
S5.4.3
Coverb = 60mm
STable 5.12.3-1
Covers = 60mm
STable 5.12.3-1
Coverft = 50mm
STable 5.12.3-1
Coverfb = 75mm
STable 5.12.3-1
STable 5.12.3-1
Stem cover - The stem cover is set at 60 millimeters. This will allow the STable 5.12.3-1
vertical flexure reinforcement in the stem to be lapped with the vertical
back face reinforcement in the backwall. Also, it is assumed that the
stem may be exposed to deicing salts due to the abutment having an
expansion joint.
Footing top cover - The footing top cover is set at 50 millimeters.
STable 5.12.3-1
STable 5.12.3-1
7-3
S = 2972mm
Number of girders:
Ng = 5
Span length:
Lspan = 36576mm
Parapet height:
Hpar = 1067mm
Wpar = 789
Wdeck = 14287.5mm
kg
m
S2.3.3.2
hstem = 6700mm
S11.6.1.4
Abutment length:
Labut = 14287.5mm
Wingwall length:
Lwing = 6250mm
7-4
7-5
1220mm.
3125mm.
840mm.
760mm.
1065mm.
2130mm
5%
4570mm
100mm
100mm
380mm
405mm
230mm
610mm
The following figure shows the preliminary dimensions for this abutment
design example.
S2.5.2.1.2
7-6
The superstructure dead load reactions per bearing were obtained from
trial one of the steel grider design and are as follows.
Fascia girder:
RDCfascia = 308000N
RDWfascia = 50000N
Interior girder:
RDCinterior = 327000N
RDWinterior = 50000N
( 2 RDCfascia) + ( 3 RDCinterior)
Labut
RDCtot = 112
RDWtot =
N
mm
( 2 RDWfascia) + ( 3RDWinterior)
Labut
RDWtot = 17
N
mm
...
+
100
mm
+ ( 1420mm
510mm)
DLbw = 25
N
mm
N
mm
7-7
N
mm
STable 3.5.1-1
N
mm
IM = 0.33
STable 3.6.2.1-1
m1 = 1.20
STable 3.6.1.1.2-1
m2 = 1.00
STable 3.6.1.1.2-1
m3 = 0.85
STable 3.6.1.1.2-1
RLLbw
mm
RLLbw = 41.7
Labut
N
mm
7-8
Vlanemax = 147900N
Vvehmin = 32400N
Vlanemin = 22900N
The controlling maximum and minimum live loads are for three
lanes loaded. The loads are multiplied by dynamic load allowance
and the multiple presence factor.
Maximum unfactored live load used for abutment stem design:
rLLmax = Vvehmax ( 1 + IM) + Vlanemax
rLLmax = 531838 N
RLLmax =
3 m3 rLLmax
Labut
RLLmax = 95
N
mm
3 m3 rLLmin
RLLmin = 12
Labut
N
mm
7-9
3 m3 rLLmax1
Labut
RLLmax1 = 78
N
mm
3 m3 rLLmin1
RLLmin1 = 10
Labut
N
mm
7-10
S3.6.2.1
S3.8.1.2
When calculating the superstructure wind load, the total depth from
the top of the barrier to the bottom of the girder is required.
Included in this depth is any haunch and/or depth due to the bridge
deck cross slope. Once the total depth is known, the wind area
can be calculated and the wind pressure can be applied.
The total depth is:
hpar = 1067mm
tdeck = 230mm overhang deck thickness
tcslope = 0mm
ttopflg = 0mm
thaunch = 90mm
Dtot = hpar + tdeck + tcslope + ttopflg + dweb + tbotflg + thaunch
Dtot = 3119 mm
7-11
S3.8.1.1
km
hr
VDZ = VB
From this, the design wind pressure is equal to the base wind
pressure:
2
km
2
160 hr
VDZ
or
PD = PB
PD = PB
V
B
160 km
hr
PD = PB
S3.8.1.2.1
Also, the total wind loading on girders must be greater than or equal
to 4.4 N/mm:
S3.8.1.2.1
N
mm
S3.8.1.2.2
Wind
Attack
Angle
90.0
Abutment
Footprint
Girder Line
(Typ.)
3119mm
Superstructure
Depth
90.0
Plan View
Elevation View
7-13
STable 3.8.1.2.2-1
STable 3.8.1.2.2-1
Wind Attack
Angle
Degrees
0
15
30
45
60
S3.8.1.2.3
The wind loads acting on the exposed portion of the abutment front and
end elevations are calculated from a base wind pressure of 0.0019 MPa.
These loads act simultaneously with the superstructure wind loads.
7-14
Since all wind loads acting on the abutment front face decrease the
maximum longitudinal moment, all abutment front face wind loads will
be conservatively ignored.
The abutment exposed end elevation wind area is:
Awsubend = ( 1065mm) ( 6700mm)
Awsubend = 7135500 mm
Two wind load calculations for the abutment end elevation are shown
below for a wind attack angle of zero and sixty degrees. All other wind
attack angles do not control and are not shown.
For a wind attack angle of 0 degrees, the wind loads acting on the
abutment end elevation are:
WSsubtransend0 = Awsubend ( 0.0019 MPa cos ( 0 deg) )
WSsubtransend0 = 13557N
WSsublongend0 = Awsubend ( 0.0019MPa sin ( 0deg) )
WSsublongend0 = 0 N
7-15
For a wind attack angle of 60 degrees, the wind loads acting on the
abutment end elevation are:
WSsubtransend60 = Awsubend ( 0.0019 MPa cos ( 60 deg) )
WSsubtransend60 = 6779 N
WSsublongend60 = Awsubend ( 0.0019MPa sin ( 60deg) )
WSsublongend60 = 11741N
Wind Load on Vehicles
S3.8.1.3
The wind load applied to vehicles is given as 1.46 N/mm acting normal
to and 1800mm above the roadway. For wind loads that are not normal
to the roadway, the Specifications give a table of wind components on
live load. For normal and skewed wind pressures on vehicles, the wind
load is calculated by multiplying the wind component by the length of
structure over which it acts. An example calculation is provided and
Table 7-2 shows all the vehicle wind loads for the various wind attack
angles. As with the superstructure wind load, the longitudinal wind load
on vehicles is not resisted by the abutment due to expansion bearings.
The calculation for longitudinal vehicular wind loads is not required but
is provided in this design example.
For a wind attack angle of 0 degrees, the vehicular wind loads are:
Lwind = 18288mm
N
mm
STable 3.8.1.3-1
WLtrans0 = 26700N
WLlong0 = Lwind 0.00
N
mm
WLlong0 = 0 N
STable 3.8.1.3-1
7-16
Bridge
Bridge *
Transverse Axis Longitudinal Axis
N
N
26700
0
23409
3292
21946
6401
17556
8595
9144
10058
S3.8.2
N
acts vertically upward
mm
S3.10
S4.7.4.1
S3.10.9
S4.7.4.4
S3.10.9.2
SC3.10.9.2
S3.4.1
mm
N1 = 370
Use
S4.7.4.4
STable 4.7.4.4-1
S4.7.4.4
mm
N=370mm
1065mm.
7-18
STable 4.7.4.4-1
Earth Loads
S3.11
The earth loads that need to be investigated for this design example
include loads due to basic lateral earth pressure, loads due to
uniform surcharge, and live load surcharge loads.
S3.11.5
S3.11.6
The water table is considered to be below the bottom of footing for this S3.11.3
design example. Therefore, the effect of hydrostatic water pressure
does not need to be added to the earth pressure. Hydrostatic water
pressure should be avoided if possible in all abutment and retaining wall
design cases through the design of an appropriate drainage system.
Some ways that can reduce or eliminate hydrostatic water pressure
include the use of pipe drains, gravel drains, perforated drains,
geosynthetic drains, or backfilling with crushed rock. It should be noted S11.6.6
that the use of weep holes, or drains at the wall face, do not assure fully
drained conditions.
Loads due to basic lateral earth pressure:
S3.11.5
To obtain the lateral loads due to basic earth pressure, the earth
pressure (p) must first be calculated from the following equation.
S3.11.5.1
p = ka s g z
Bottom of backwall lateral earth load:
ka = 0.3
s = 1925
7-19
STable 3.5.1-1
2130mm
1065mm.
3125mm.
4570mm
760mm.
710mm.
REHbw
N
mm
7-20
S3.11.5.1
SC3.11.5.1
s = 1925
kg
3
STable 3.5.1-1
REHstem
2233mm.
1065mm.
4570mm
2130mm
p = 0.038 MPa
3125mm.
760mm.
N
mm
7-21
S3.11.5.1
SC3.11.5.1
s = 1925
kg
3
STable 3.5.1-1
m
z = 7460mm height from top of backwall to bottom of
footing
p = ka s g z
1065mm.
3125mm.
760mm.
2486mm.
REHftg
4570mm
2130mm
p = 0.042 MPa
N
mm
7-22
S3.11.5.1
SC3.11.5.1
S3.11.6.1
Since an approach slab and roadway will cover the abutment backfill
material, no uniform surcharge load will be applied.
Loads due to live load surcharge:
Loads due to live load surcharge must be applied when a vehicular
live load acts on the backfill surface behind the back face within
one-half the wall height. The horizontal pressure increase due to live
load surcharge is estimated based on the following equation:
S3.11.6.4
p = k s heq
Bottom of backwall live load surcharge load:
k = ka
s = 1925
kg
STable 3.5.1-1
STable 3.11.6.4-1
p = 0.006 MPa
The lateral load due to the live load surcharge is:
RLSbw = p hbkwll
RLSbw = 13.0
N
mm
kg
3
STable 3.5.1-1
STable 3.11.6.4-1
heq = 600mm
p = k s g heq
p = 0.0034 MPa
7-23
N
mm
kg
3
STable 3.5.1-1
STable 3.11.6.4-1
heq = 600mm
p = k s g heq
p = 0.0034 MPa
N
mm
S3.11.6.5
S3.12
S3.12.2.2
STable 3.12.2.1-1
S6.4.1
= 11.7 10
(mm/mm/oC)
S14.6.3.1
S6.4.1
For this design example, assume a moderate climate. The temperature STable 3.12.2.1-1
range is then -18 oC to 50 oC.
Expansion calculation:
exp = t ( Lspan)
trise = 50 tset
trise = 30
oC
hrt
S14.6.3.1
7-25
Before the loads due to temperature rise and fall can be calculated, the
neoprene bearing properties are needed (see Design Step 6). If the
bearing pad design is not complete at the time the temperature loads
are being calculated, the temperature loads can be estimated by
assuming bearing pad properties that are larger than expected from the
bearing pad design. The bearing pad properties for this design
example are:
G = 0.66MPa
shear modulus
STable 14.7.5.2-1
hrt = 88mm
Hurise = G A
hrt
Hurise = 13026N
per bearing
Hurise 5
Labut
Hurisetot = 4.6
N
mm
contr
hrt
Hufall = 16499N
Now, multiply Hufall by five bearings and divide by the abutment
length to get the total load due to temperature fall:
Hufalltot =
Hufall 5
Labut
Hufalltot = 5.8
N
mm
7-26
710mm.
Horizontal earth
load, REHbw
230mm
380mm.
2130mm
510mm.
DLbw
355mm
p
CL Backwall
Loads
DC
DW
LL
EH
LS
Load Factors
STable 3.4.1-1
STable 3.4.1-2
max
1.25
1.50
1.75
1.50
1.75
min
0.90
0.65
1.75
0.90
1.75
max
1.25
1.50
--1.50
---
min
0.90
0.65
--0.90
---
max
1.25
1.50
1.35
1.50
1.35
min
0.90
0.65
1.35
0.90
1.35
max
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
min
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
N
mm
RLLbw = 41.7
N
mm
REHbw = 12.8
N
mm
RLSbw = 13.0
N
mm
STable 3.4.1-2
LL = 1.75
STable 3.4.1-1
EH = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
LS = 1.75
STable 3.4.1-1
FvbwstrI = 104.1
N
mm
7-28
The factored longitudinal shear force at the base of the backwall is:
) (
N
mm
) (
)
MubwstrI = 63725
N mm
mm
STable 3.4.1-2
LL = 0.00
STable 3.4.1-1
EH = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
LS = 0.00
STable 3.4.1-1
FvbwstrIII = 31.2
N
mm
The factored longitudinal shear force at the base of the backwall is:
) (
N
mm
7-29
) (
)
MubwstrIII = 13682
N mm
mm
STable 3.4.1-2
LL = 1.35
STable 3.4.1-1
EH = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
LS = 1.35
STable 3.4.1-1
FvbwstrV = 87.4
N
mm
The factored longitudinal shear force at the base of the backwall is:
) (
N
mm
) (
)
MubwstrV = 52286
N mm
mm
7-30
STable 3.4.1-2
LL = 1.0
STable 3.4.1-1
EH = 1.0
STable 3.4.1-2
LS = 1.0
STable 3.4.1-1
FvbwservI = 66.6
N
mm
The factored longitudinal shear force at the base of the backwall is:
) (
N
mm
) (
)
MubwservI = 37717
N mm
mm
7-31
N
mm
N
mm
Mubwmax = 63725
N mm
mm
7-32
Load Factors
Strength I Strength III Strength V Service I
Loads
DC
DW
LL
EH
LS
WS
WL
TU
max
1.25
1.50
1.75
1.50
1.75
----0.50
min
0.90
0.65
1.75
0.90
1.75
----0.50
max
1.25
1.50
--1.50
--1.40
--0.50
min
0.90
0.65
--0.90
--1.40
--0.50
max
1.25
1.50
1.35
1.50
1.35
0.40
1.00
0.50
min
0.90
0.65
1.35
0.90
1.35
0.40
1.00
0.50
max
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.30
1.00
1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
STable 3.4.1-2
min
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.30
1.00
1.00
N
mm
RLLmax = 94.9
N
mm
DLstem = 114.6
N
mm
REHstem = 127.1
RDCtot = 111.8
N
mm
RLSstem = 22.8
RDWtot = 17.5
N
mm
Hufalltot = 5.8
N
mm
N
mm
N
mm
STable 3.4.1-2
DW = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
LL = 1.75
STable 3.4.1-1
EH = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
LS = 1.75
STable 3.4.1-1
TU = 0.50
STable 3.4.1-1
The factored vertical force at the base of the abutment stem is:
) (
) (
FvstemstrI = 506.4
) (
N
mm
The factored longitudinal shear force at the base of the stem is:
) (
)
VustemstrI = 233.4
N
mm
The factored moment about the bridge transverse axis at the base
of the abutment stem is:
) (
)
(
(
(
(
)
)
)
MustemstrI = 693682
N mm
mm
STable 3.4.1-2
DW = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
EH = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
WS = 1.40
STable 3.4.1-1
TU = 0.50
STable 3.4.1-1
7-35
The factored vertical force at the base of the abutment stem is:
) (
) (
FvstemstrIII = 340.3
N
mm
The factored longitudinal shear force at the base of the stem is:
) (
N
mm
The factored moment about the bridge transverse axis at the base
of the abutment stem is:
(
(
(
MustemstrIII = 503402
N mm
mm
STable 3.4.1-2
DW = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
LL = 1.35
STable 3.4.1-1
EH = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
LS = 1.35
STable 3.4.1-1
WS = 0.40
STable 3.4.1-1
WL = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
TU = 0.50
STable 3.4.1-1
7-36
The factored vertical force at the base of the abutment stem is:
) (
) (
)
(
(
FvstemstrV = 468.5
N
mm
The factored longitudinal shear force at the base of the stem is:
) (
)
VustemstrV = 224.3
N
mm
The factored moment about the bridge transverse axis at the base
of the abutment stem is:
) (
) (
)
)
)
(
(
(
(
MustemstrV = 650190
N mm
mm
7-37
STable 3.4.1-2
DW = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-2
LL = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
EH = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-2
LS = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
WS = 0.30
STable 3.4.1-1
WL = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
TU = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
The factored vertical force at the base of the abutment stem is:
) (
) (
)
(
(
FvstemservI = 363.7
N
mm
The factored longitudinal shear force at the base of the stem is:
) (
)
VustemservI = 155.7
N
mm
7-38
) (
) (
)
)
)
(
(
(
(
MustemservI = 469320
N mm
mm
N
mm
N
mm
N mm
mm
7-39
S3.6.2.1
The force effects for the bottom of footing will be combined for the
same limit states as the backwall and stem. The loads and load
factors are also similar with the addition of vertical earth load.
Loads
DC
DW
LL
EH
EV
LS
WS
WL
TU
Load Factors
STable 3.4.1-1
STable 3.4.1-2
max
1.25
1.50
1.75
1.50
1.35
1.75
----0.50
min
0.90
0.65
1.75
0.90
1.00
1.75
----0.50
max
1.25
1.50
--1.50
1.35
--1.40
--0.50
min
0.90
0.65
--0.90
1.00
--1.40
--0.50
max
1.25
1.50
1.35
1.50
1.35
1.35
0.40
1.00
0.50
min
0.90
0.65
1.35
0.90
1.00
1.35
0.40
1.00
0.50
max
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.30
1.00
1.00
min
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.30
1.00
1.00
The loads that are required from Design Steps 7.4, 7.5, and 7.6 include:
DLbw = 24.9
N
mm
N
mm
DLstem = 114.6
DLftg = 55.9
N
mm
RDWtot = 17.5
RLSftg = 25.3
N
mm
Hufalltot = 5.8
N
mm
WSsupertrans0 = 136897N
N
mm
WSsubtransend0 = 13557N
N
mm
RLLmin1 = 9.9
N
mm
N
mm
DLearth = 154.3
RDCtot = 111.8
REHftg = 157.6
WLtrans0 = 26700N
N
mm
WSsubtransend60 = 6779 N
N
mm
WSsublongend60 = 11741N
RLLmax1 = 77.9
7-41
STable 3.4.1-2
DW = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
LL = 1.75
STable 3.4.1-1
EH = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
EV = 1.35
LS = 1.75
STable 3.4.1-1
TU = 0.50
STable 3.4.1-2
) (
) (
) (
)
(
(
(
FvftgstrI = 754.9
N
mm
) (
)
TU ufalltot
FlonftgstrI = 283.6
N
mm
N
mm
7-42
STable 3.4.1-1
(
(
(
(
(
(
MlonftgstrI = 756358
)
)
)
)
)
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
STable 3.4.1-2
DW = 0.65
STable 3.4.1-2
LL = 1.75
STable 3.4.1-1
EH = 0.90
STable 3.4.1-2
EV = 1.00
LS = 1.75
TU = 0.50
STable 3.4.1-2
STable 3.4.1-1
7-43
STable 3.4.1-1
) (
) (
) (
)
(
(
(
FvftgstrImin = 424.8
N
mm
) (
)
FlonftgstrImin = 189.1
N
mm
N
mm
(
(
(
(
(
(
MlonftgstrImin = 455162
)
)
)
)
N mm
mm
7-44
N
The load factors for the loads that
mm produce transverse horizontal forces
are zero for Strength I.
S3.4.1
STable 3.4.1-2
DW = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
EH = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
EV = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-2
WS = 1.40
STable 3.4.1-1
TU = 0.50
STable 3.4.1-1
Vertical wind load will be ignored since the moment of inertia about
the abutment longitudinal axis is so large.
7-45
) (
) (
) (
(
(
FvftgstrIII = 564.5
N
mm
) (
N
mm
WSsupertrans0 WSsubtransend0
+
Labut
Labut
FtraftgstrIII = WS
FtraftgstrIII = 14.7
N
mm
WSsublongend0
+ WS
3048 mm ...
Labut
(
(
(
(
MlonftgstrIII = 569791
N mm
mm
7-46
WSsupertrans0
5330 mm ...
Labut
WS
subtransend0
+ WS
3048 mm
Labut
MtraftgstrIII = WS
MtraftgstrIII = 75547
N mm
mm
STable 3.4.1-2
DW = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
LL = 1.35
STable 3.4.1-1
EH = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
EV = 1.00
LS = 1.35
STable 3.4.1-2
STable 3.4.1-1
WS = 0.40
WL = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
TU = 0.50
STable 3.4.1-1
) (
) (
) (
)
(
(
(
FvftgstrV = 669.7
N
mm
7-47
STable 3.4.1-1
) (
)
(
+ WS
+ TU Hufalltot
Labut
FlonftgstrV = 273.5
N
mm
WSsupertrans0 WSsubtransend0
+
...
Labut
Labut
WLtrans0
+ WL
Labut
FtraftgstrV = WS
FtraftgstrV = 6.1
N
mm
+ WS
3048 mm ...
Labut
(
(
(
(
(
(
)
)
MlonftgstrV = 753398
)
)
N mm
mm
7-48
WSsupertrans0
5330 mm ...
Labut
WS
subtransend0
+ WS
3048 mm ...
Labut
WL
trans0
+ WL
9296mm
Labut
MtraftgstrV = WS
MtraftgstrV = 38957
N mm
mm
STable 3.4.1-2
DW = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-2
LL = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
EH = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-2
EV = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-2
LS = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
WS = 0.30
STable 3.4.1-1
WL = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
TU = 1.00
) (
) (
) (
)
(
(
(
FvftgservI = 556.9
N
mm
7-49
STable 3.4.1-1
) (
+ WS
...
Labut
+ TU Hufalltot
FlonftgservI = 188.7
N
mm
WSsupertrans0
...
L
abut
WSsubtransend0
+ WS
...
L
abut
WLtrans0
+ WL
Labut
FtraftgservI = WS
FtraftgservI = 5.0
N
mm
+ WS
3048 mm ...
Labut
(
(
(
(
(
(
MlonftgservI = 500694
)
)
)
)
N mm
mm
7-50
WSsupertrans0
5330 mm ...
Labut
WSsubtransend0
+ WS
3048 mm ...
Labut
WLtrans0
+ WL
9296mm
Labut
MtraftgservI = WS
MtraftgservI = 33561
N mm
mm
STable 3.4.1-2
DW = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-2
LL = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
EH = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-2
EV = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-2
LS = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
WS = 0.30
STable 3.4.1-1
WL = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
TU = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
) (
) (
) (
)
(
(
(
FvftgservImin = 469.1
N
mm
7-51
) (
+ WS
...
L
abut
+ TU Hufalltot
FlonftgservImin = 189.0
N
mm
WSsupertrans60
...
Labut
WSsubtransend60
+
Labut
FtraftgservImin = WS
FtraftgservImin = 1.1
N
mm
+ WS
3048 mm ...
Labut
(
(
(
(
(
(
)
)
MlonftgservImin = 501445
)
)
N mm
mm
7-52
WSsupertrans60
MtraftgservImin = WS
5330 mm ...
Labut
WS
sublongend60
+ WS
3048 mm
Labut
MtraftgservImin = 5858406
N mm
m
Vertical
Limit State Force
(N)
Strength I
Max/Final
Strength I
Min/Final
Trans.
Moment
(N-mm)
Lateral
Lateral
Load
Load
(Long.
(Trans.
Direction) Direction)
(N)
(N)
10785067 10806466761
4052341
6069987
2701426
Strength III
8065219
Max/Final
Service I
Max/Final
Service I
Min/Final
Long.
Moment
(N-mm)
6503132386
210636
7956374
7153663033
479502342
2696195
71837
6702093
7164399091
83701974
2699717
15723
7-53
S10.7.2.2 &
C11.5.2
S5.7.3.3.2
fr Ig
SEquation
5.7.3.6.2-2
yt
7-54
510mm
255mm
1mm
68mm
Centroidal
Axis
#16 bars
@
225mm
spacing
fr = 0.63 f' c
S5.4.2.6
fr = 3.33MPa
Ig =
1
3
( 300mm) ( 510mm)
12
Ig = 3316275000 mm
yt = 255mm
fr Ig
Mcr =
yt
ft
Mcr = 142082
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
7-55
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
backwall thickness
de = tbw Coverb
bar_diam
2
de = 442 mm
Solve for the required amount of reinforcing steel, as follows:
f = 0.90
S5.5.4.2.1
b = 1mm
Rn =
Mubwdes 1mm
( f b de )
2
Rn = 481918Pa
f'c
( 2 Rn)
1.0 1.0
( 0.85 f'c)
fy
= 0.85
= 0.001159
7-56
Note: The above two equations are derived formulas that can be found
in most reinforced concrete textbooks.
2
A s = de
As = 0.512
mm
mm
bar_area
= 388 mm
As
As = bar_area
As = 0.884 mm
per mm
Once the bar size and spacing are known, the maximum reinforcement
limit must be checked.
T = As fy
a =
T = 371 N
T
0.85 f' c b
a = 16 mm
1 = 0.85
c =
S5.7.3.3.1
S5.7.2.2
a
1
c
= 0.04
de
where
0.04 0.42
OK
c = 18 mm
S5.7.2.2
c
0.42
de
S5.7.3.3.1
7-57
S5.7.3.4
N
mm
use
dc = 58 mm
Concrete area with centroid the same as
transverse bar and bounded by the cross
section and line parallel to neutral axis:
bar_diam
2
Ac = 2 ( dc) bar_space
Ac = 26078mm
The equation that gives the allowable reinforcement service load stress
for crack control is:
Z
fsa =
where
fsa 0.6 fy
( dc Ac) 3
fsa = 200 MPa
fsa = 200MPa
Use
Es = 200000MPa
S5.4.3.2
Ec = 25399MPa
S5.4.2.4
n =
Es
Ec
n=8
Use
n = 8
7-58
de = 442 mm
=
k =
As
b
de
mm
As = 0.884
mm
mm
n=8
= 0.00200
( n) 2 + ( 2 n ) n
k = 0.164
k de = 72 mm
72mm
370mm
510mm
Neutral Axis
68mm
#16 bars @
225mm
spacing
7-59
As = 0.884
It =
mm
mm
1 mm
3
2
1
( k d e ) + n A s ( de k de )
3 mm
4
mm
It = 1092827
mm
y = 370 mm
n MubwservI 1
fs =
mm
y
mm
It
fs = 102 MPa
fsa > fs
OK
N
mm
S5.8.3.3
S5.8.3.4.1
mm
a
, 0.9 de , 0.72 h
2
dv = max de
S5.8.2.9
where:
h = 510 mm
dv = 434
mm
f' c = 28
MPa
N
mm
N
mm
Vn = 381.2
N
mm
S5.5.4.2.1
Vr = v Vn
Vr = 343.1
N
mm
Vr > Vubwmax
OK
7-61
S5.10.8
Ag
fy
or
Ab = 0.0015Ag
2
mm
Ag = ( 510 mm) 1
Ag = 510
mm
fy = 420
0.75
Ag
fy
mm
mm
MPa
2
= 0.911
mm
mm
or
2
0.0015Ag = 0.765
mm
mm
2
2
mm
As = 0.938
mm
2
mm
mm
0.938
0.911
mm
mm
OK
S5.10.8.2
fy = 420MPa
As with the backwall, the minimum reinforcement requirements will be
calculated for the stem. The tensile reinforcement provided must be
enough to develop a factored flexural resistance at least equal to the
lesser of 1.2 times the cracking strength or 1.33 times the factored
moment from the applicable strength load combinations.
S5.7.3.3.2
fr Ig
SEquation
5.7.3.6.2-2
yt
1066mm.
532.5mm.
74mm.
Centroidal
Axis
#29 bars
@ 225 mm
spacing
7-63
fr = 0.63 f' c
S5.4.2.6
fr = 3.33MPa
Ig =
1
3
( 1mm) ( 1065mm)
12
Ig = 100662469 mm
yt = 532.5mm
fr Ig
Mcr =
yt
mm
Mcr = 629495
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
bar_diam
2
de = 991 mm
7-64
S5.5.4.2.1
b = 1mm
f' c = 28MPa
Rn =
Mustemdes 1mm
Rn = 855245Pa
( f b de )
2
f'c
( 2 Rn)
1.0 1.0
( 0.85 f'c)
fy
= 0.85
= 0.00207
Note: The above two equations are derived formulas that can be found
in most reinforced concrete textbooks.
2
A s = de
As = 2.055
mm
mm
bar_area
= 314 mm
As
bar_space = 225mm
1mm
bar_space
As = bar_area
As = 2.867 mm
per mm
T = 1204 N
T
0.85 f' c b
a = 51 mm
1 = 0.85
c =
S5.7.3.3.1
S5.7.2.2
a
1
c
= 0.06
de
where
0.06 0.42
OK
c = 60 mm
S5.7.2.2
c
0.42
de
S5.7.3.3.1
7-65
S5.7.3.4
N
Since this design example assumes that the Z = 23000
mm
abutment stem will be exposed to deicing
salts, use:
Thickness of clear cover used to compute dc
bar_diam
dc = 60mm +
should not be greater than 50mm:
2
dc = 74 mm
dc = 50mm +
use
dc = 64 mm
Concrete area with centroid the same as
transverse bar and bounded by the cross
section and line parallel to neutral axis:
bar_diam
2
Ac = 2 ( dc) bar_space
Ac = 28958mm
The equation that gives the allowable reinforcement service load stress
for crack control is:
Z
fsa =
where
fsa 0.6 fy
( dc Ac) 3
fsa = 187 MPa
fsa = 187MPa
Use
Es = 200000MPa
S5.4.3.2
Ec = 25399MPa
S5.4.2.4
n =
Es
Ec
n=8
Use
n = 8
7-66
N mm
mm
de = 991 mm
=
k =
As
b
de
mm
As = 2.867
mm
mm
n=8
= 0.00289
( n) 2 + ( 2 n ) n
k = 0.193
k de = 191 mm
Neutral
Axis
800mm
1065mm
191mm
74mm
#29 bars @
225mm
spacing
7-67
mm
As = 2.867
mm
It =
1 mm
3
2
1
( k d e ) + n A s ( de k de )
3 mm
4
It = 16988775
mm
mm
y = 799 mm
n MustemservI 1
fs =
mm
y
mm
It
fs = 177 MPa
fsa > fs
OK
N
mm
S5.8.3.3
S5.8.3.4.1
bv = 1
mm
dv = max de
a
, 0.9 de , 0.72 h
2
S5.8.2.9
where:
h = 1065 mm
dv = 965.5
mm
f' c = 28 MPa
N
mm
N
mm
Vn = 848.1
N
mm
S5.5.4.2.1
Vr = v Vn
Vr = 763.3
N
mm
Vr > Vustemmax
OK
7-69
S5.10.8
Ag = 1065
mm
mm
MPa
2
Ag
mm
0.75
= 1.902
fy
mm
or
0.0015Ag = 1.598
mm
mm
As = 2
bar_area
225mm
2
As = 1.769
mm
mm
mm
mm
1.769
1.598
mm
mm
OK
Based on the abutment stem design, #29 bars at 225mm spacing will
be used for the back face flexure reinforcement. The same bar size
and spacing will be used for the front face vertical reinforcement to
reduce design steps. The horizontal temperature and shrinkage
reinforcement will consist of #16 bars at 225 mm spacing for the front
and back faces.
7-70
S5.10.8.2
The abutment footing is designed for flexure in the heel and toe,
one-way and two-way shear action, and the control of cracking by the
distribution of reinforcement. For footings supported by pile
foundations, the footing and pile foundation designs are
interdependent and should be designed concurrently to be more
efficient. Refer to Design Step P for the pile foundation design.
The following figures show the assumed footing dimensions and pile
locations within the footing.
7-71
S5.13.3
S5.7.3.4
380mm
CL abutment
stem
Vertical Pile
Battered Pile
14
HP310x79
(Typ.) Gr.
345 steel
11
12
2235mm
Abutment
footing toe
10
6
7143.75mm
190.5mm
438.75mm
2235mm
2235mm
2235mm
C
L footing and
pile group
(longitudinal
axis)
14287.5mm
2235mm
Abutment
footing heel
Legend:
380mm
2365mm
13
2235mm
438.75mm
1562.5mm
1752.5mm
3125mm
7-72
Abutment
stem
1065mm.
840mm.
300mm.
Heel
760mm.
Toe
1220mm.
380mm.
3
380mm.
10'-3"
7-73
S5.13.3.4
For the abutment front face, the following moment arm will be used:
Abutment Toe
Critical Flexure
Section
Toe
460mm.
The controlling moment on the critical section occurs when the pile
loads on the front row of piles are maximized. From Tables P-17 to
P-20, the front row pile loads are maximized for Strength I using the
maximum load factors at the final construction condition and are
summarized below.
P2 = 1402454N
P10 = 1491859N
P4 = 1470064N
P12 = 1470953N
P6 = 1494973N
P14 = 1403789N
P8 = 1511875N
Since the above pile loads are already factored, no load factors need to
be applied and the total factored moment is as follows:
Mutoe = 460mm ( P2 + P4 + P6 + P8 + P10 + P12 + P14)
Mutoe = 4713144820 N mm
7-74
Mutoe
Labut
Mutoeft = 329879
N mm
mm
Once the maximum moment at the critical section is known, the same
procedure that was used for the backwall and stem to calculate the
flexure reinforcement must be followed. The footing toe flexure
reinforcement is located longitudinally in the bottom of the footing
since the bottom of footing is in tension at the critical toe section.
These bars will extend from the back of the heel to the front of the toe
taking into account the clear cover:
Assume #25 bars:
bar_diam = 25.4mm
bar_area = 510mm
fy = 420MPa
The footing toe critical section minimum tensile reinforcement
requirements will be calculated. The tensile reinforcement provided
must be enough to develop a factored flexural resistance at least
equal to the lesser of 1.2 times the cracking strength or 1.33 times the
factored moment from the applicable strength load combinations.
S5.7.3.3.2
fr Ig
SEquation
5.7.3.6.2-2
yt
7-75
760mm
380mm
88mm.
Centroidal
Axis
#25 bars
@
300mm
spacing
fr = 0.63 f' c
S5.4.2.6
fr = 3.33MPa
Ig =
1
3
( 1mm) ( 760mm)
12
Ig = 36581333 mm
yt = 380mm
fr Ig
Mcr =
yt
mm
Mcr = 320568
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
7-76
N mm
mm
thickness of footing:
Coverfb = 75 mm
de = tftg Coverfb
bar_diam
2
de = 672 mm
Solve for the required amount of reinforcing steel, as follows:
f = 0.90
S5.5.4.2.1
b = 1mm
f' c = 28MPa
Rn =
Mufttoedes 1mm
( f b de 2 )
Rn = 945655Pa
f'c
( 2 Rn)
1.0 1.0
( 0.85 f'c)
fy
= 0.85
= 0.00230
Note: The above two equations are derived formulas that can be found
in most reinforced concrete textbooks.
2
A s = de
mm
As = 1.545
mm
bar_area
= 330 mm
As
7-77
bar_space = 300mm
1mm
300mm
As = bar_area
As = 1.700 mm
per mm
Once the bar size and spacing are known, the maximum reinforcement
limit must be checked.
T = As fy
a =
T = 714 N
T
0.85 f' c b
a = 30 mm
1 = 0.85
c =
S5.7.3.3.1
S5.7.2.2
a
1
c
= 0.05
de
where
0.05 0.42
OK
c = 35 mm
S5.7.2.2
c
0.42
de
S5.7.3.3.1
N
mm
dc = 50mm +
dc = 63 mm
bar_diam
2
Ac = 2 ( dc) bar_space
Ac = 37620mm
7-78
S5.7.3.4
The equation that gives the allowable reinforcement service load stress
for crack control is:
Z
fsa =
where
fsa 0.6 fy
( dc Ac) 3
fsa = 225 MPa
fsa = 225MPa
Use
Es = 200000MPa
S5.4.3.2
Ec = 25399MPa
S5.4.2.4
n =
Es
Ec
n=8
Use
n = 8
The pile loads used to compute the controlling footing toe moment
for the Service I limit state are again taken from Design Step P,
Tables P-17 through P-20.
P2 = 985232N
P10 = 1044835N
P4 = 1032826N
P12 = 1026598N
P6 = 1049283N
P14 = 975446N
P8 = 1061293N
The footing toe service moment is then calculated by:
MutoeservI = 460mm ( P2 + P4 + P6 + P8 + P10 + P12 + P14)
MutoeservI = 3300735980 N mm
The moment on a per millimeter basis is then:
MutoeftservI =
MutoeservI
Labut
MutoeftservI = 231023
N mm
mm
7-79
de = 672 mm
=
k =
As = 1.700
As
mm
mm
n=8
= 0.00253
b
de
mm
( n) 2 + ( 2 n ) n
k = 0.182
122mm
k de = 122 mm
Top of footing toe
1mm
550mm
760mm
Neutral
Axis
88mm
#25 bars @
300mm
spacing
7-80
As = 1.700
It =
mm
mm
1 mm
3
2
1
( k d e ) + n A s ( de k de )
3 mm
4
mm
It = 4723759
mm
fs =
y = 550 mm
n MutoeftservI 1
fs = 215 MPa
mm
y
mm
It
fsa > fs
OK
7-81
For the abutment back face flexure design, the following moment arm
will be used:
Abutment Heel
Critical Flexure
Section
Toe
840mm.
760mm.
1220mm.
300mm.
Heel
840mm.
380mm.
3125mm.
The controlling moment on the critical section occurs when the pile
loads on the back row of piles are minimized. From Tables P-17 to
P-20, the back row pile loads are minimized for Strength I using the
minimum load factors at the final construction condition and are
summarized below. Piles in tension are shown as having negative pile
loads.
P1 = 68054N
P9 = 64496N
P3 = 65830N
P11 = 65830N
P5 = 64496N
P13 = 68054N
P7 = 64051N
Since the above pile loads are already factored, no load factors need to
be applied and the total factored moment is as follows:
Muheel = 840mm ( P1 + P3 + P5 + P7 + P9 + P11 + P13)
Muheel = 387081240 N mm
7-82
Muheel
Labut
Muheelft = 27092
N mm
mm
Once the moment at the critical section is known, the same procedure
that was used for the toe must be followed. The flexure reinforcement
for the footing heel is placed longitudinally along the top of the footing
since the top of the footing heel is in tension at the critical heel section.
The bars will extend from the back of the heel to the front of the toe
taking into account the concrete cover.
Assume #16 bars:
bar_diam = 15.9mm
bar_area = 199mm
fy = 420MPa
The footing heel critical section minimum tensile reinforcement
requirements will be calculated. The tensile reinforcement provided
must be enough to develop a factored flexural resistance at least
equal to the lesser of 1.2 times the cracking strength or 1.33 times the
factored moment from the applicable strength load combinations.
S5.7.3.3.2
SEquation
5.7.3.6.2-2
fr Ig
yt
7-83
58mm.
760mm
#16 bars @
300mm
spacing
380mm
Centroidal
Axis
1mm
fr = 0.63 f' c
S5.4.2.6
fr = 3.33MPa
Ig =
1
3
( 1mm) ( 760mm)
12
Ig = 36581333 mm
yt = 380mm
fr Ig
Mcr =
yt
mm
Mcr = 320568
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
7-84
N mm
mm
tftg = 760mm
Coverft = 50 mm
de = tftg Coverft
bar_diam
2
de = 702 mm
Solve for the required amount of reinforcing steel, as follows:
f = 0.90
S5.5.4.2.1
b = 1mm
f' c = 28MPa
Rn =
Muftheeldes 1mm
( f b de )
2
Rn = 81230Pa
f'c
( 2 Rn)
1.0 1.0
( 0.85 f'c)
fy
= 0.85
= 0.00019
Note: The above two equations are derived formulas that can be found
in most reinforced concrete textbooks.
2
A s = de
mm
As = 0.136
mm
bar_area
= 1463 mm
As
7-85
bar_space = 300mm
1mm
bar_space
As = bar_area
As = 0.663 mm
per mm
Once the bar size and spacing are known, the maximum reinforcement
limit must be checked.
T = As fy
a =
T = 279 N
T
0.85 f' c b
a = 12 mm
1 = 0.85
c =
S5.7.3.3.1
S5.7.2.2
a
1
c
= 0.02
de
where
0.02 0.42
OK
c = 14 mm
S5.7.2.2
c
0.42
de
S5.7.3.3.1
The crack control check for the footing heel critical section will not be
carried out. The calculations are similar to that of the abutment
backwall, stem, and footing toe.
Preliminary Design
7-86
S5.10.8
mm
Ag = ( 760 mm) 1
mm
fy = 420
0.75
Ag
fy
Ag = 760
mm
mm
MPa
2
mm
mm
= 1.357
or
2
mm
0.0015Ag = 1.140
mm
The total combined amount of reinforcing steel on the top and bottom
transverse faces must be greater than or equal to 1.140 mm2/mm.
For one face only:
2
mm
1.140
mm
Astop =
2
mm
Astop = 0.570
mm
As =
1mm
300mm
mm
bar_area
As = 0.663
mm
mm
0.663
0.570
mm
mm
OK
7-87
mm
mm
S5.10.8.2
S5.13.3.6
or
S5.13.3.6.1 &
S5.8.3.2
dv
= 45deg
The term dv is calculated the same as it is for the backwall and stem:
dv = max de
a
, 0.9 de , 0.72 h
2
S5.8.2.9
where:
de = 672 mm
a = 30 mm
h = 760 mm
dv = 657 mm
Now the critical section can be calculated:
0.5 dv cot ( ) = 328
use
dv = 657
mm
or
dv = 657
mm
7-88
mm
840mm.
Abutment Toe
Critical One-way
Shear Section
Toe
657mm
380mm.
Since the front row of piles are all inside the critical section, the
factored shear outside the critical section is zero and does not
have to be checked. However, the manner in which the design
shear force would be calculated if the front row of piles were
outside the critical section is shown below. Note that this check
is not required and does not apply since the front row of piles are
all inside the critical section.
The pile loads used to compute the controlling footing toe shear
force are for the Strength I limit state using the maximum load factors
at the final construction stage. They are taken from Design Step P,
Tables P-17 through P-20 and are as follows:
P2 = 1398896N
P10 = 1491414N
P4 = 1469174N
P12 = 1470064N
P6 = 1494528N
P14 = 1400230N
P8 = 1511875N
7-89
The factored one-way shear force at the abutment footing toe critical
section on a per millimeter basis is then:
Vuftgtoe =
Vuftgtoe = 716.4
N
mm
S5.8.3.3
Vn1 = Vc + Vs
or
Vn2 = 0.25 f' c bv dv
where:
Vc = 0.083 f' c bv dv
and
Vs =
mm
dv = 657
S5.8.2.9
mm
f' c = 28 MPa
N
mm
S5.8.3.4.1
N
mm
Vn = 577.1
N
mm
7-90
S5.5.4.2.1
Vr = v Vn
Vr = 519.4
N
mm
Vr < Vuftgtoe
N.G.
If the front row of piles were outside the critical section, the one-way
shear for the abutment footing toe would fail. The footing depth would
have to be increased or the piles would have to be redesigned to
reduce the shear force outside the critical section. Again, the above
design shear force and resistance are just shown to illustrate the toe
one-way shear check if the pile loads were outside the critical section.
For one way action in the abutment footing heel, the critical section is
taken at the abutment face for heels that are in tension on the top
face of the heel. For heels that are in compression on the top face,
the critical section is calculated according to S5.8.2.9. The
maximum factored abutment footing heel shear occurs when the heel
is in tension on the top face. Therefore, the critical section is taken
at the stem back face.
S5.13.3.6.1 &
C5.13.3.6.1
a
, 0.9 de , 0.72 h
2
S5.8.2.9
where:
de = 672
a = 30
mm
mm
h = 760 mm
dv = 657
mm
7-91
1220mm.
Abutment Heel
Critical Shear
Section
Heel
380mm.
Since the back row of piles are all outside the critical section, the
factored shear is computed by summing all the back row pile
loads.
The pile loads used to compute the controlling footing heel shear
force are for the Strength I limit state using the minimum load factors
at the final construction stage. They are taken from Design Step P,
Tables P-17 through P-20 and are as follows:
P1 = 68054N
P9 = 64496N
P3 = 65830N
P11 = 65830N
P5 = 64496N
P13 = 68054N
P7 = 64051N
7-92
The factored one-way shear force at the abutment footing heel critical
section on a per millimeter basis is then:
Vuftgheel =
( P1 + P3 + P5 + P7 + P9 + P11 + P13)
Labut
Vuftgheel = 32.3
N
mm
S5.8.3.3
Vn1 = Vc + Vs
or
Vn2 = 0.25 f' c bv dv
where:
Vc = 0.083 f' c bv dv
and
Vs =
mm
dv = 657
S5.8.2.9
mm
f' c = 28
MPa
N
mm
S5.8.3.4.1
K
ft
Vn = 577.1
N
mm
7-93
S5.5.4.2.1
Vr = v Vn
Vr = 519.4
N
mm
Vr > Vuftgheel
OK
For two-way action, the pile critical perimeter, bo, is located a minimum
of 0.5dv from the perimeter of the pile. If portions of the critical
perimeter are located off the footing, that portion of the critical
perimeter is limited by the footing edge.
Two-way action should be checked for the maximum loaded pile, or
pile # 8 (see Design Step P - Tables P-17 through P-20). The effective
shear depth, dv, is the same as that used for the one-way shear check
for the footing toe.
Vutwoway = P8
Vutwoway = 1511875 N
dv = 657 mm
0.5 dv = 329 mm
7-94
S5.13.3.6.1
Abutment
footing heel
329mm
Abutment
footing toe
964mm
329mm
HP310x79
(Typ.)
858.5mm
Pile critical
perimeter
7-95
S5.13.3.6.3
0.33
Vn = 0.17 +
f' c bo dv 0.33 f' c bo dv
c =
964mm
858.5mm
c = 1
bo = 2 ( 964 + 858.5)
mm
bo = 3645 mm
Vn = 4181729N
S5.5.4.2.1
Vr = v Vn
Vr = 3763556 N
Vr > Vutwoway
OK
7-96
# 16 bars
@ 225mm
spacing
2130mm
610mm
230mm 380mm
# 13 bars
@ 275mm spacing
(front & back face)
405mm
5%
# 16 bars
@ 300mm
spacing
1065mm.
# 29 bars @
225mm
spacing
840mm.
760mm.
# 25 bars
@ 300mm
spacing
300mm.
4570mm
Backfill with
acceptable
material
# 16 bars @ 300mm
spacing(top & bottom mat)
3
1
380mm.
3125mm.
7-97
Selecting the most optimal wingwall type depends on the site conditions, S11.2
cost considerations, and aesthetics. Wingwalls can be integral or
independent. Wingwall classifications include most of the abutment
types listed in the abutment section. For this design example, a
reinforced concrete cantilever wingwall was chosen. The wingwall is
skewed at a 45 degree angle from the front face of the abutment stem.
7-98
m
46
0m
150mm
4H:1
5200mm
6700mm
12
6250mm
7-99
S3.5.1
mm
mm
Hwing = 6325 mm
Use
Hwing = 6325mm
Location
of design
section
460mm
1
12
987mm
6325mm
1675mm
Wingwall
toe
7-100
Wingwall stem:
460mm + 987mm
6325mm Wc
2
DLwwstem = g
DLwwstem = 107.7
N
mm
Since the wingwall does not support a parapet, the only live load effects
are from live load surcharge. The effects from live load surcharge are
computed in Design Step 7.6.
Design Step 7.6 - Compute Other Load Effects
S3.8.1.2.3
The wind loads acting on the exposed portion of the wingwall front and
end elevations are calculated from a base wind pressure of 0.0019
MPa. In the wingwall final state, the wind loads acting on the wingwall
will only decrease the overturning moment and will be ignored for this
design example. For the wingwall temporary state, the wind loads
acting on the wingwall should be investigated. Also, any wind loads
that produce a transverse shear or moment in the wingwall footing are
ignored. The reason for this is due to the fact that the majority of force
effects required to produce a transverse shear or moment will also
reduce the maximum overturning moment.
Earthquake Load
S3.10
S3.11
The earth loads that need to be investigated for this design example
include: loads due to basic lateral earth pressure, loads due to
uniform surcharge, and live load surcharge loads.
S3.11.5
S3.11.6
7-101
S3.11.5
To obtain the lateral loads due to basic earth pressure, the earth
pressure (p) must first be calculated from the following equation.
S3.11.5.1
p = ka s g z
Bottom of wingwall stem lateral earth load:
ka = 0.3
s = 1925
Horizontal earth
load, REHstem
12
6325mm
2312mm
6935mm
460mm
Wingwall
toe
987mm
p
18.5
7-102
STable 3.5.1-1
S3.11.5.1
SC3.11.5.1
N
mm
N
mm
N
mm
S3.11.6.1
Since an approach slab and roadway will cover the abutment backfill
material, no uniform surcharge load will be applied.
Loads due to live load surcharge:
Loads due to live load surcharge must be applied when a vehicular
live load acts on the backfill surface behind the backface within
one-half the wall height. Since the distance from the wingwall back
face to the edge of traffic is greater than 300 millimeters, the
equivalent height of fill is constant. The horizontal pressure increase
due to live load surcharge is estimated based on the following
equation:
p = k s g heq
7-103
S3.11.6.4
kg
STable 3.5.1-1
STable 3.11.6.4-1
p = k s g heq
p = 0.0034 MPa
The lateral load due to the live load surcharge is:
RLSstem = p hwwstem
RLSstem = 23.6
N
mm
N
mm
N
mm
S3.12
There are two critical locations where the force effects need to
be combined and analyzed for design. They include: the bottom
of stem or top of footing and the bottom of footing. For the stem
design, transverse horizontal loads do not need be considered
due to the high moment of inertia about that axis, but at the
bottom of footing, the transverse horizontal loads will need to be
considered for the footing and pile design. Note that the footing
design calculations for wingwalls are similar to abutments.
Therefore, the wingwall footing design calculations will not be
shown.
7-104
7-105
The force effects for the wingwall stem will be combined for the
following limit states.
Load Factors
Strength I Strength III Strength V Service I
Load
DC
EH
LS
max
1.25
1.50
1.75
max
1.25
1.50
1.35
min
0.90
0.90
1.35
max
1.00
1.00
1.00
min
1.00
1.00
1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
STable 3.4.1-2
The loads that are required to combine force effects at the base of the
wingwall stem include:
N
DLwwstem = 107.7
mm
REHstemhoriz = 129.1
RLSstemhoriz = 22.3
N
mm
N
mm
STable 3.4.1-2
EH = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
LS = 1.75
STable 3.4.1-1
The factored vertical force at the base of the wingwall stem is:
FvstmstrI = DC DLwwstem
FvstmstrI = 134.6
N
mm
7-106
) (
N
mm
The factored moment about the bridge transverse axis at the base
of the wingwall stem is:
MustmstrI = 582539
N mm
mm
STable 3.4.1-2
EH = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
The factored vertical force at the base of the wingwall stem is:
FvstmstrIII = DC DLwwstem
FvstmstrIII = 134.6
N
mm
The factored longitudinal shear force at the base of the abutment stem
is:
VustmstrIII = EH REHstemhoriz
VustmstrIII = 193.7
N
mm
7-107
N mm
mm
STable 3.4.1-2
EH = 1.50
STable 3.4.1-2
LS = 1.35
STable 3.4.1-1
The factored vertical force at the base of the wingwall stem is:
FvstmstrV = DC DLwwstem
FvstmstrV = 134.6
N
mm
) (
N
mm
MustmstrV = 551762
N mm
mm
7-108
STable 3.4.1-2
EH = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-2
LS = 1.00
STable 3.4.1-1
The factored vertical force at the base of the wingwall stem is:
FvstmservI = DC DLwwstem
FvstmservI = 107.7
N
mm
The factored longitudinal shear force at the base of the wingwall stem
is:
) (
N
mm
MustmservI = 375535
N mm
mm
7-109
N
mm
N
mm
N mm
mm
7-110
S5.7.3.3.2
SEquation
5.7.3.6.2-2
fr Ig
yt
1mm
987mm
493.5mm
Front face of
wingwall at
base
74mm
Centroidal
Axis
#29 bars
@ 225mm
spacing
fr = 0.63 f' c
S5.4.2.6
fr = 3.33MPa
Ig =
1
3
( 1mm) ( 987mm)
12
Ig = 80125400 mm
yt = 493.5mm
fr Ig
Mcr =
yt
Mcr = 540664
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
N mm
mm
Covers = 60 mm
de = tbw Covers
bar_diam
2
de = 913 mm
7-112
S5.5.4.2.1
b = 1mm
f' c = 28MPa
fy = 420MPa
Rn =
Muwwstemdes 1mm
Rn = 865481Pa
( f b de 2 )
f'c
( 2 Rn)
1.0 1.0
( 0.85 f'c)
fy
= 0.85
= 0.00210
Note: The above two equations are derived formulas that can be found
in most reinforced concrete textbooks.
2
A s = de
As = 1.916
mm
mm
bar_area
= 337 mm
As
As = bar_area
As = 2.867 mm
per mm
Once the bar size and spacing are known, the maximum reinforcement
limit must be checked.
T = As fy
a =
T = 1204 N
T
0.85 f' c b
a = 51 mm
1 = 0.85
c =
S5.7.3.3.1
S5.7.2.2
a
1
c
= 0.07
de
where
0.07 0.42
OK
c = 60 mm
S5.7.2.2
c
0.42
de
S5.7.3.3.1
7-113
Z = 23000
S5.7.3.4
N
mm
dc = 50mm +
dc = 64 mm
bar_diam
2
Ac = 2 ( dc) bar_space
Ac = 28958mm
The equation that gives the allowable reinforcement service load stress
for crack control is:
Z
fsa =
where
fsa 0.6 fy
( dc Ac) 3
fsa = 187 MPa
fsa = 187MPa
Use
Es = 200000MPa
S5.4.3.2
Ec = 25399MPa
S5.4.2.4
n =
Use
Es
Ec
n=8
n = 8
7-114
N mm
mm
As =
bar_area 1mm
mm
bar_space
n=8
=
k =
As
b
de
mm
= 0.00314
( n) 2 + ( 2 n ) n
k = 0.200
k de = 183 mm
Front face of
wingwall at base
Neutral
Axis
730mm
987mm
183mm
1mm
74mm
#29 bars @
225mm
spacing
As = 2.867
mm
mm
As = 3
It =
mm
mm
1 mm
3
2
1
( k d e ) + n A s ( de k de )
3 mm
4
mm
It = 14252286
mm
y = 730 mm
n MustmservI 1
fs =
mm
y
mm
It
fs = 154 MPa
fsa > fs
OK
N
mm
S5.8.3.3
S5.8.3.4.1
bv = 1 mm
dv = max de
a
, 0.9 de , 0.72 h
2
S5.8.2.9
where:
de = 913 mm
a = 51 mm
h = 987 mm
Therefore:
dv = 887.5 mm
Now, Vn1 and Vn2 can be calculated:
For
f' c = 28
MPa
N
mm
N
mm
Vn = 779.6
N
mm
S5.5.4.2.1
Vr = v Vn
Vr = 701.6
N
mm
Vr > Vuwwstemdes
OK
7-117
S5.10.8
Ag
Ab = 0.0015Ag
or
fy
Ag = ( 987 mm) 1
mm
mm
Ag = 987
mm
mm
fy = 420 MPa
0.75
Ag
fy
= 1.763
mm
mm
or
mm
mm
0.0015Ag = 1.480
bar_area 1mm
mm
225mm
2
As = 1.769
2
1.769
mm
mm
mm
mm
1.480
mm
mm
OK
S5.10.8.2
1
12
6325mm
#16 bars @ 22
5mm spacing
(front & back fa
ce)
Backfill with
acceptable material
#29 bars @
225mm
spacing
2440mm
60mm (Typ.)
987mm
#16 bars @
225mm
spacing
7-119
Table of Contents
Page
Design Step 8.1 - Obtain Design Criteria
10
24
39
51
61
62
69
8-1
kN = 1000N
MPa = 1000000Pa
Material Properties:
Concrete density:
Wc = 2400
kg
STable 3.5.1-1
Concrete 28-day
compressive strength:
f' c = 28MPa
S5.4.2.1
CTable5.4.2.1-1
Reinforcement
strength:
fy = 420MPa
S5.4.3
8-2
C5.4.2.1
Covercp = 60mm
STable 5.12.3-1
Pier column:
Coverco = 60mm
STable 5.12.3-1
Coverft = 50mm
STable 5.12.3-1
Coverfb = 75mm
STable 5.12.3-1
Pier cap and column cover - Since no joint exists in the deck at the
STable 5.12.3-1
pier, a 50 millimeter cover could be used with the assumption that the
pier is not subject to deicing salts. However, it is assumed here that the
pier can be subjected to a deicing salt spray from nearby vehicles.
Therefore, the cover is set at 60 millimeters.
Footing top cover - The footing top cover is set at 50 millimeters.
STable 5.12.3-1
STable 5.12.3-1
S = 2972mm
Number of girders:
Ng = 5
Deck overhang:
DOH = 1200mm
Span length:
Lspan = 36576mm
Parapet height:
Hpar = 1067mm
Deck overhang
thickness:
to = 230mm
Haunch thickness:
Hhnch = 90mm
Web depth:
tbf = 57mm
Bearing height:
Hbrng = 125mm
Superstructure Depth:
Hsuper = Hpar +
(maximum thickness)
to + Hhnch + Do + tbf
Hsuper = 3120 mm
8-3
mm
mm
S3.8
S2.3.3.2
S11.2
1830mm. 1524mm.
14173mm.
1067mm.
4572mm.
4725mm.
4725mm.
7010mm.
8-5
1830mm.
1524mm.
1524mm.
1372mm.
3660mm.
RDWE = 174400N
RDWI = 174400N
8-6
DLovrhg = 413362 N
Interior:
Total:
kg
EVftg = 220796 N
8-7
13411.5mm
3600mm Lane - A 3600mm Lane - B 3600mm Lane - C
600mm
2'-0"
P
1800mm
600mm
2'-0"
P
1800mm
600mm
2'-0"
P
1800mm
w
2972mm
2972mm
2972mm
2972mm
CL Pier
610mm
762mm
5
S3.6.1.1.1
S3.6.1.2.1
S3.6.1.2.4
S3.6.1.3.1
The unfactored girder reactions for lane load and truck load are
obtained from the superstructure analysis/design software. These
reactions do not include dynamic load allowance and are given on a
per lane basis (i.e., distribution factor = 1.0). Also, the reactions do not
include the ten percent reduction permitted by the Specifications for
interior pier reactions that result from longitudinally loading the
superstructure with a truck pair in conjunction with lane loading. The
value of these reactions from the first design iteration are as follows:
S3.6.1.3.1
Rtruck = 553800N
Rlane = 433200N
Dynamic load allowance, IM
IM = 0.33
STable 3.6.2.1-1
Rtruck
2
( 1 + IM) ( 0.90)
Pwheel = 331449 N
The value of the unfactored uniformly distributed load which
represents the girder lane load reaction in Figure 8-4 is computed
next. This load is transversely distributed over 3000mm and is not
subject to dynamic load allowance.
Wlane =
Rlane
10ft
( 0.90)
Wlane = 127.9
N
mm
The next step is to compute the reactions due to the above loads at
each of the five bearing locations. This is generally carried out by
assuming the deck is pinned (i.e., discontinuous) at the interior
girder locations but continuous over the exterior girders. Solving for
the reactions is then elementary. The computations for the reactions
with only Lane C loaded are illustrated below as an example. The
subscripts indicate the bearing location and the lane loaded to
obtain the respective reaction:
R5_c =
S3.6.2.1
R5_c = 786740 N
R4_c = Pwheel 2 + Wlane 3000mm R5_c
R4_c = 259899 N
The reactions at bearings 1, 2 and 3 with only Lane C loaded are zero.
Calculations similar to those above yield the following live load reactions
with the remaining lanes loaded (for simplicity, it is assumed that Lane
B's loading is resisted entirely, and equally, by bearings 3 and 4):
R5_a = 0N
R5_b = 0N
R4_a = 0N
R4_b = 526465N
R3_a = 315630N
R3_b = 526465N
R3_c = 0N
R2_a = 718752N
R2_b = 0N
R2_c = 0N
R1_a = 4K
R1_b = 0N
R1_c = 0N
S3.6.4
S3.6.1.1.1
S3.6.2.1
+ 9.3 mm 73152mm
BRKtrk_lan = 50266N
5 percent of the axle weights of the design tandem plus lane load:
BRKtan_lan = 0.05 ( 110000N + 110000N ) ...
N
+
9.3
73152
mm
mm
BRKtan_lan = 45016N
Use
BRK
5
8-11
S3.6.4
BRKbrg = 16250N
S3.8.1.2
S3.8.3
Lspan = 36576mm
Width = 14287.5mm
Depth = Hsuper Hpar
Depth = 2053 mm
Lspan
Width
=3
OK
Lspan
Depth
= 18
OK
Since the span length to width and depth ratios are both less than
30, the structure does not need to be investigated for aeroelastic
instability.
To compute the wind load on the superstructure, the area of the
superstructure exposed to the wind must be defined. For this
example, the exposed area is the total superstructure depth
multiplied by length tributary to the pier. Due to expansion
bearings at the abutment, the transverse length tributary to the pier
is not the same as the longitudinal length.
The superstructure depth includes the total depth from the top of
the barrier to the bottom of the girder. Included in this depth is any
haunch and/or depth due to the deck cross-slope. Once the total
depth is known, the wind area can be calculated and the wind
pressure applied.
The total depth was previously computed in Section 8.1 and is as
follows:
Hsuper = 3120 mm
For this two-span bridge example, the tributary length for wind
load on the pier in the transverse direction is one-half the total
length of the bridge:
8-12
S3.8.1.1
LwindT =
73152
mm
2
LwindT = 36576mm
S3.8.1.1
km
hr
VB = 160
VDZ = VB
From this, the design wind pressure is equal to the base wind
pressure:
VDZ
VB
PD = PB
or
PD = PB
160 km
hr
PD = PB
km
160
hr
S3.8.1.2.1
S3.8.1.2.1
Windtotal = 7.5
N
mm
The wind load from the superstructure acting on the pier depends on
the angle of wind direction, or attack angle of the wind. The attack
angle is taken as measured from a line perpendicular to the girder
longitudinal axis (see Figure 8-5). The base wind pressures for the
superstructure for various attack angles are given in STable
3.8.1.2.2-1.
Wind
Attack
Angle
90.0
Pier Cap
Girder Line
(Typ.)
3120mm
Superstructure
Depth
90.0
Plan View
Elevation View
8-14
S3.8.1.2.2
Two wind load calculations are illustrated below for two different
wind attack angles. The wind loads for all Specifications required
attack angles are tabulated in Table 8-1.
For a wind attack angle of 0 degrees, the superstructure wind loads
acting on the pier are:
WSsuptrns0 = AwsuperT 0.0024MPa
STable 3.8.1.2.2-1
WSsuptrns0 = 273881N
WSsuplng0 = AwsuperL 0.000MPa
WSsuplng0 = 0 N
For a wind attack angle of 60 degrees, the superstructure wind loads
acting on the pier are:
WSsuptrns60 = AwsuperT 0.0008MPa
STable 3.8.1.2.2-1
WSsuptrns60 = 91294N
WSsuplng60 = AwsuperL 0.0009MPa
WSsuplng60 = 205411 N
Wind Attack
Angle
Degrees
0
15
30
45
60
8-15
The total longitudinal wind load shown above for a given attack angle is
assumed to be divided equally among the bearings. In addition, the
load at each bearing is assumed to be applied at the top of the bearing
(i.e., 125 millimeters above the pier cap). These assumptions are
consistent with those used in determining the bearing forces due to the
longitudinal braking force.
The transverse wind loads shown in Table 8-1 for a given attack angle
are also assumed to be equally divided among the bearings and
applied at the top of each bearing. However, as shown in Figure 8-6,
the transverse load also applies a moment to the pier cap. This
moment, which acts about the centerline of the pier cap, induces
vertical loads at the bearings as illustrated in Figure 8-6. The
computations for these vertical forces with an attack angle of zero are
presented below.
14287.5mm
Hsuper
2
Mtrns0 = WSsuptrns0
Mtrns0 = 427254497 N mm
2
Mtrns0 5944mm
Igirders
RWS1_5trns0 = 28752N
8-16
RWS2_4trns0 =
Igirders
RWS2_4trns0 = 14376N
Finally, by inspection:
RWS3trns0 = 0.0K
The vertical reactions at the bearings due to transverse wind on the
superstructure at attack angles other than zero are computed as above
using the appropriate transverse load from Table 8-1. Alternatively, the
reactions for other attack angles can be obtained simply by multiplying
the reactions obtained above by the ratio of the transverse load at the
angle of interest to the transverse load at an attack angle of zero (i.e.,
273018N).
S3.8.2
WSvert = 501676 N
This load causes a moment about the pier centerline. The value of
this moment is:
8-17
Mwind_vert = WSvert
Width
4
Mwind_vert = 1791925 kN mm
RWSvert1 =
RWSvert2 =
RWSvert3 =
RWSvert4 =
RWSvert5 =
WSvert
5
WSvert
5
Mwind_vert 5944mm
Igirders
Mwind_vert 2972mm
Igirders
WSvert
5
WSvert
5
WSvert
5
Mwind_vert 2972mm
Igirders
Mwind_vert 5944mm
Igirders
(vertically upward)
RWSvert3 = 100335 N
(vertically upward)
RWSvert4 = 160629 N
(vertically upward)
RWSvert5 = 220922 N
(vertically upward)
8-18
S3.8.1.3
LwindL = 73152mm
N
mm
STable 3.8.1.3-1
N
mm
STable 3.8.1.3-1
WLtrans30 = 43891N
WLlong30 = LwindL 0.35
WLlong30 = 25603N
Table 8-2 contains the total transverse and longitudinal loads due to
wind load on vehicular traffic at each Specifications required attack
angle.
Wind Attack
Angle
Degrees
0
15
30
45
60
The vehicular live loads shown in Table 8-2 are applied to the bearings
in the same manner as the wind load from the superstructure. That is,
the total transverse and longitudinal load is equally distributed to each
bearing and applied at the the top of the bearing (125 millimeters
above the top of the pier cap). In addition, the transverse load acting
1800mm above the roadway applies a moment to the pier cap. This
moment induces vertical reactions at the bearings. The values of these
vertical reactions for a zero degree attack angle are given below. The
computations for these reactions are not shown but are carried out as
shown in the subsection "Wind Load from Superstructure." The only
difference is that the moment arm used for calculating the moment is
equal to (Hsuper - Hpar + 1800mm).
RWL1_5trns0 = 13846N
RWL2_4trns0 = 6923N
RWL3trns0 = 0N
S3.8.1.2.3
8-20
Wind
Attack
Angle
Pier Cap
Projected
Face
Projected
Face
Plan View
Acap1 = 5111496 mm
Acap2 = 47536242 mm
8-21
Acol1 = 5449584 mm
Acol2 = 18767700 mm
The point of application of these loads will be the centroid of the loaded
area of each face, respectively. This point will be approximated here as
5200 millimeters above the top of the footing for both the transverse and
longitudinal directions.
8-22
The wind attack angles for the pier must match the wind attack angles
used for the superstructure. Table 8-3 shows the pier wind loads for the
various attack angles.
Wind Loads
Applied Directly
to Pier
Wind
Attack
Angle
Degrees
0
15
30
45
60
APcap
2
mm
5111496
17240611
28194806
37227573
43723341
APcol
2
mm
5449584
10121332
14103328
17124206
18978097
Total
Wind
Load
Trans.
Force
Long.
Force
N
20066
51988
80366
103268
119133
N
20066
50216
69599
73022
59566
N
0
13455
40183
73022
103172
Table 8-3 Design Wind Loads Applied Directly to Pier for Various
Wind Attack Angles
Earthquake Load
S3.10
S4.7.4.1
Since the bearings at the pier are fixed both longitudinally and
transversely, minimum bridge seat requirements for seismic loads are
not applicable. Also, since the bearing design is carried out in Design
Step 6, the calculations for the check of the connection will not be
shown here. Therefore, the earthquake provisions as identified in the
above paragraph will have no impact on the overall pier design and
will not be discussed further.
8-23
S3.10.9
S4.7.4.4
S3.12
S3.12.2
STable 3.12.2.1-1
8-24
It will be noted here that loads applied due to braking and temperature
can act either ahead or back station. Also, wind loads can act on either
side of the structure and with positive or negative skew angles. This
must be kept in mind when considering the signs of the forces in the
tables below. The tables assume a particular direction for illustration
only.
Superstructure
Dead Load
Bearing
1
Wearing Surface
Dead Load
RDCI
1197000
RDWI
174400
RDCI
1197000
RDWI
174400
RDCI
1197000
RDWI
174400
RDCE
1128500
RDWE
174400
Lane B
Lane C
R1_a
R1_b
R1_c
R2_a
718752
R2_b
R2_c
R3_a
315630
R3_b
526465
R3_c
R4_a
R4_b
526465
R4_c
259899
R5_a
R5_b
R5_c
786740
8-25
0
28752
14376
0
-14376
-28752
15
25158
12579
0
-12579
-25158
30
45
23960 19168
11980 9584
0
0
-11980 -9584
-23960 -19168
60
9584
4792
0
-4792
-9584
15
12139
6070
0
-6070
-12139
30
11380
5690
0
-5690
-11380
45
9104
4552
0
-4552
-9104
60
4742
2371
0
-2371
-4742
8-26
Variable
Name
RWSvert1
Reaction
(N)
20252
RWSvert2
-40042
RWSvert3
-100335
RWSvert4
-160629
RWSvert5
-220922
Braking Load **
Bearing
1
Temperature
Loading
BRKbrg
16250
TU2
18000
BRKbrg
16250
TU3
18000
BRKbrg
16250
TU4
18000
BRKbrg
16250
TU5
18000
8-27
0
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
15
30
13694 27388
13694 27388
13694 27388
13694 27388
13694 27388
68470 136941
45
36517
36517
36517
36517
36517
182587
60
41082
41082
41082
41082
41082
205411
0
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
15
2633
2633
2633
2633
2633
13167
30
5121
5121
5121
5121
5121
25603
45
6876
6876
6876
6876
6876
34381
60
8047
8047
8047
8047
8047
40234
8-28
15
13455
30
40183
45
60
73022 103172
0
54776
54776
54776
54776
54776
273881
15
47929
47929
47929
47929
47929
239646
30
45647
45647
45647
45647
45647
228234
45
36517
36517
36517
36517
36517
182587
60
18259
18259
18259
18259
18259
91294
8-29
0
10680
10680
10680
10680
10680
53401
15
9363
9363
9363
9363
9363
46817
30
8778
8778
8778
8778
8778
43891
45
7023
7023
7023
7023
7023
35113
60
3658
3658
3658
3658
3658
18288
15
50216
30
69599
45
73022
60
59566
In addition to all the loads tabulated above, the pier self-weight must be
considered when determining the final design forces. Additionally for
the footing and pile designs, the weight of the earth on top of the footing
must be considered. These loads were previously calculated and are
shown below:
DLcap = 1395160 N
DLftg = 644311N
DLcol = 697580N
EVftg = 220796 N
8-30
STable 3.4.1-1
The first set of additional factors applies to all force effects and are
represented by the Greek letter (eta) in the Specifications. These
factors are related to the ductility, redundancy, and operational
importance of the structure. A single, combined eta is required for
every structure. These factors and their application are discussed in
detail in Design Step 1.1. In this design example, all eta factors are
taken equal to one.
S1.3.2.1
The other set of factors mentioned in the first paragraph above applies
only to the live load force effects and are dependent upon the number
of loaded lanes. These factors are termed multiple presence factors
by the Specifications. These factors for this bridge are shown as
follows:
STable 3.6.1.1.2-1
m1 = 1.20
m2 = 1.00
m3 = 0.85
STable 3.4.1-2
8-31
S3.4.1
Load
DC
DW
LL
BR
TU
WS
WL
EV
Load Factors
STable 3.4.1-1
STable 3.4.1-2
max
1.25
1.50
1.75
1.75
1.20
----1.35
min
0.90
0.65
1.75
1.75
0.50
----1.00
max
1.25
1.50
----1.20
1.40
--1.35
min
0.90
0.65
----0.50
1.40
--1.00
max
1.25
1.50
1.35
1.35
1.20
0.40
1.00
1.35
min
0.90
0.65
1.35
1.35
0.50
0.40
1.00
1.00
max
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.20
0.30
1.00
1.00
min
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.30
1.00
1.00
FV4cap_flexstr1 = 2303638 N
ArmV4cap = 610mm
Mucap_str1 = 14533853274 N mm
8-33
Hbrng
3354
mm +
2
mm
1
mm
ArmHcap = 1802 mm
Tucap_str1 = ( FH4cap_torstr1 + FH5cap_torstr1) ArmHcap
Tucap_str1 = 237413500 N mm
The applied torsion would be larger than the value just calculated if the
vertical loads at the bearings are not coincident with the centerline of
the pier cap. Some state agencies mandate a minimum eccentricity to
account for this possibility. However, AASHTO does not. Therefore,
no eccentricity of vertical loads is considered in this design example.
For Service I, the factored vertical forces at the bearings and
corresponding force effects at the critical section are shown next.
First, variables for transverse wind load on the structure and on the live
load with an attack angle of zero degrees will be defined. Force
effects from vertical wind load on the structure are not applicable since
the Service I limit state includes wind on live load.
RWS5trans0 = 28752N
RWL5trans0 = 13846N
RWS4trans0 = 14376N
RWL4trans0 = 6923N
8-34
S3.8.2
Arm4V = 610mm
Arm5V = 3582mm
Mucap_ser1 = FV4cap_flexser1 Arm4V + FV5cap_flexser1 Arm5V ...
4725
+ 1.00 DLovrhg
mm
2
Mucap_ser1 = 10139425268 N mm
8-35
ArmV5col = 5944mm
1
ArmHcol_sup = 8051 mm
8-36
mm
mm
Mulcol = 2651798125 N mm
For Strength III, the factored transverse shear in the column is:
WSsuptrns0 = 273881N
WSsub0T = 20066N
WSsub60L = 103172N
WLlong60 = 40234N
Vulcol = 0.40( WSsuplng60 + WSsub60L) + 1.00 WLlong60 ...
+ 0.50 ( TU1 + TU2 + TU3 + TU4 + TU5) ...
+ 1.35 ( 5 BRKbrg) 3 m3
Vulcol = 488370 N
8-37
Based on the pile layout shown in Figure 8-11, the controlling limit
states for the pile design are Strength I (for maximum pile load),
Strength III (for minimum pile load), and Strength V (for maximum
horizontal loading of the pile group).
The force effects in the piles for the above-mentioned limit states are
not given. The reason for this is discussed in Design Step 8.10.
Pier Footing Force Effects
The controlling limit states for the design of the pier footing are
Strength I (for flexure, punching shear at the column, and punching
shear at the maximum loaded pile), Strength IV (for one-way shear),
and Service I ( for crack control). There is not a single critical design
location in the footing where all of the force effects just mentioned are
checked. Rather, the force effects act at different locations in the
footing and must be checked at their respective locations. For
example, the punching shear checks are carried out using critical
perimeters around the column and maximum loaded pile, while the
flexure and one-way shear checks are carried out on a vertical face of
the footing either parallel or perpendicular to the bridge longitudinal
axis.
The Strength I limit state controls for the punching shear check at the
column. The factored axial load and corresponding factored biaxial
moments at the base of the column are obtained in a manner similar to
that for the Strength I force effects in the pier column. However, in this
case the future wearing surface is now included, maximum factors are
applied to all the dead load components, and all three lanes are
loaded with live load. This results in the following bottom of column
forces:
Axcol_punch = 15937184N
Mutcol_punch = 7167852365 N mm
Mulcol_punch = 3736448102N mm
Factored force effects for the remaining limit states discussed above
are not shown. The reason for this is discussed in Design Step 8.11.
8-38
S5.2
S5.6.3.1
8-39
de= 3205mm.
3354mm.
75mm.
clear
(typ)
#25 bars @
200mm O.C.
(typ - side faces)
60mm.
clear
(typ)
#16 hoops @
225mm O.C.
(typ)
#25 bars @
300mm O.C. bottom face
1524mm.
fy = 420MPa
The minimum reinforcement requirements will be calculated for the
cap. The tensile reinforcement provided must be enough to develop a
factored flexural resistance at least equal to the lesser of 1.2 times the
cracking strength or 1.33 times the factored moment from the
applicable strength load combinations.
8-40
S5.7.3.3.2
S5.4.2.6
fr = 3.33MPa
Ig =
1
3
( 1524mm) ( 3354mm)
12
Ig = 4791736144728mm
yt = 1677mm
Mcr =
fr Ig
yt
1
mm
1
mm
Mcr = 9514896 kN mm
1.2 Mcr = 11417876 kN mm
By inspection, the applied moment from the Strength I limit state
exceeds 120 percent of the cracking moment. Therefore, providing
steel sufficient to resist the applied moment automatically satisfies the
minimum reinforcement check.
The effective depth (de) of the section shown in Figure 8-8 is computed
as follows:
Covercp = 60 mm
de = 3354mm Covercp + 15.9mm + 35.8mm +
75
mm
2
de = 3205 mm
Solve for the required amount of reinforcing steel, as follows:
f = 0.90
S5.5.4.2.1
b = 1524mm
fc = 28MPa
8-41
Mucap_str1 = 14533853 kN mm
Mucap_str1 1
Rn =
mm
mm
Rn = 1031695 Pa
( f b de )
2
fc
( 2 Rn)
1.0 1.0
( 0.85 fc)
fy
= 0.85
= 0.00251
The above two equations are derived formulas that can be found in
most reinforced concrete textbooks.
A s = b de
As = 12269mm
As_cap As
OK
T = 8450400 N
T
0.85 fc b
a = 233 mm
1 = 0.85
c =
S5.7.3.3.1
S5.7.2.2
a
1
c
= 0.09
de
where
0.09 0.42
OK
c = 274 mm
S5.7.2.2
c
0.42
de
S5.7.3.3.1
8-42
S5.7.3.4
Since this design example assumes that the pier cap will be exposed
to deicing salts, use:
Z = 23000
N
mm
The distance from the extreme tension fiber to the center of the closest
bar, using a maximum cover dimension of 50mm, is:
dc = 50mm + 15.9mm +
bar_diam36
2
dc = 84 mm
The area of concrete having the same centroid as the principal tensile
reinforcement and bounded by the surfaces of the cross-section and a
straight line parallel to the neutral axis, divided by the number of bars,
is:
bar_diam36 75mm
2 dc +
+
b
2
2
Ac =
20
Ac = 21214mm
The equation that gives the allowable reinforcement service load stress
for crack control is:
fsa =
Z
1
where
fsa 0.6 fy
( dc Ac) 3
8-43
S5.7.3.4
fsa = 190MPa
Use
Es = 200000MPa
S5.4.3.2
Ec = 25399MPa
n =
Es
Ec
SEquation
C5.4.2.4-1
n=8
Use
n = 8
k =
As_cap
b de
As_cap = 20120mm
= 0.00412
( n) 2 + ( 2 n ) n
k = 0.226
k de = 724 mm
8-44
2481mm.
3354mm.
724mm.
Centroidal Axis
1524mm.
1
3
2
( 1524mm) ( k de) + n As_cap ( de k de)
3
It = 1183394905668mm
fs =
y = 2481 mm
( Mucap_ser1 y) n
It
8-45
fs = 170 MPa
fsa > fs
S5.7.3.4
As_cap = 20120mm
bar_area25 = 510mm
and
Ask
mm
Ask = 0.001 ( 3205 760)
mm
2
mm
Ask = 2.445
mm
2
20120 mm = 16.767 mm
mm
1200 mm
8-46
As
1200
SEquation
5.7.3.4-4
mm
Ask 16.7367
mm
OK
de
, 300mm
6
SAsk = min
SAsk = 300 mm
Verify that #25 bars at 200mm on center is adequate:
2
1 1
mm
= 2.550
mm
200 mm
bar_area25
2
2.550
mm
Ask
mm
OK
S5.8
The shear and torsion force effects were computed previously and are:
Vucap_str1 = 6699709 N
Tucap_str1 = 237413500 N mm
The presence of torsion affects the total required amount of both
S5.8.2.1
longitudinal and transverse reinforcing steel. However, if the applied
torsion is less than one-quarter of the factored torsional cracking
moment, then the Specifications allow the applied torsion to be ignored.
This computation is shown as follows:
t = 0.90
S5.5.4.2.1
Pc = 2 ( 1524mm + 3354mm)
8-47
Pc = 9756 mm
Tcr =
2
Acp)
(
.328( 5MPa)
Pc
1
mm
1
mm
Tcr = 4392058408 N mm
0.25 t Tcr = 988213142 N mm
Tucap_str1 < 0.25 t Tcr
Based on the above check, torsion will be neglected and will not be
discussed further. The shear check of the critical cap section will now
proceed.
The nominal shear resistance of the critical section is a combination of
the nominal resistance of the concrete and the nominal resistance of
the steel. This value is then compared to a computed upper-bound
value and the lesser of the two controls. These calculations are
illustrated below:
bv = 1524mm
dv = max de
S5.8.3.3
h = 3354 mm
a
, 0.9 de , 0.72 h
2
S5.8.2.9
dv = 3088 mm
= 2.0
= 45deg
S5.8.3.4.1
S5.8.3.3
Vc = 4134216 N
Note that unless one-half of the product of Vc and the phi-factor for
shear is greater than Vu, then transverse reinforcement must be
provided. Therefore, when Vc is less than Vu, as in this case,
transverse reinforcement is automatically required.
8-48
S5.8.2.4
The nominal steel shear strength is (using vertical stirrups, theta equal
to 45 degrees):
Av = 796mm
s = 225mm
Vs =
Av fy dv
S5.8.3.3
Vs = 4588818 N
The nominal shear strength of the critical section is the lesser of the
following two values:
Vn1 = Vc + Vs
Vn1 = 8723034 N
(controls)
S5.8.3.3
Vn2 = 0.25 fc bv dv
Vn2 = 32946101 N
Define Vn as follows:
Vn = Vn1
Vn = 8723034 N
S5.5.4.2.1
Vr = v Vn
Vr = 7850730 N
Vr > Vucap_str1
OK
The shear check is not complete until the provided transverse steel is
compared to the Specifications requirements regarding minimum
quantity and maximum spacing.
Minimum quantity required:
S5.8.2.5
bv s
fy
Av > Av_min
OK
S5.8.2.7
Vucap_str1 = 6699709 N
vu_stress =
Vucap_str1
S5.8.2.9
( v) ( bv) ( dv)
vu_stress = 1581639 Pa
0.125 f' c = 3500000 Pa
vu_stress < 3500000Pa
s_stress = 0.8 ( dv)
s_stress = 2471 mm
smax = min ( s_stress , 600mm)
smax = 600 mm
s smax
OK
8-50
4725mm.
1372mm.
60mm.(TYP)
X
#13 hoops @
300mm O.C.
Y
S5.7.4
bar_area32 = 819mm
S5.7.4.2
= 0.0096
As_col fy
Ag_col fc
= 0.144
0.0096 0.08
OK
0.144 0.135
OK
The column slenderness ratio (Klu/r) about each axis of the column is
computed below in order to assess slenderness effects. Note that the
Specifications only permit the following approximate evaluation of
slenderness effects when the slenderness ratio is below 100.
S5.7.4.3
S5.7.4.1
For this pier, the unbraced lengths (lux, luy) used in computing the
slenderness ratio about each axis is the full pier height. This is the
height from the top of the footing to the top of the pier cap (7926mm).
The effective length factors, Kx and Ky, are both taken equal to 2.1. This CTable4.6.2.5-1
assumes that the superstructure has no effect on restraining the pier
from buckling. In essence, the pier is considered a free-standing
cantilever.
For simplicity in the calculations that follow, let lu=lux=luy and Kcol=Kx=Ky.
This is conservative for the transverse direction for this structure, and
the designer may select a lower value. The radius of gyration (r) about
each axis can then be computed as follows:
8-52
Ixx =
1
3
( 4725mm) ( 1372mm)
12
Ixx = 1016910896400mm
Iyy =
1
3
( 1372mm) ( 4725mm)
12
Iyy = 12060860765625mm
rxx =
Ixx
Ag_col
rxx = 396 mm
ryy =
Iyy
Ag_col
ryy = 1364 mm
( Kcol lu)
rxx
( Kcol lu)
ryy
lu = 7926mm
= 42
42 < 100
OK
= 12
12 < 100
OK
S5.7.4.3
S4.5.3.2.2b
S5.7.4.3
From Design Step 8.7, it can be seen that the only force effects
contributing to the longitudinal moment are the live load braking force
and the temperature force. Neither of these are permanent or
long-term loads. Therefore, d is taken equal to zero for this design.
The column stiffness is taken as the greater of the following two
calculations:
Ec = 25399MPa
Ixx = 1016910896400mm
Es = 200000MPa
Is = 18729165458mm
EI1 =
( Ec Ixx)
5
+ Es Is
EI1 = 8911537063132721 N mm
EI2 =
Ec Ixx
2.5
EI2 = 10331407943065443 N mm
(controls)
S5.5.4.2.1
axial = 0.75
It is worth noting at this point that when axial load is present in addition
to flexure, the Specifications permit the value of phi to be increased
linearly to the value for flexure (0.90) as the factored axial load
decreases from ten percent of the gross concrete strength to zero.
However, certain equations in the Specification still require the use of
the phi factor for axial compression (0.75) even when the increase just
described is permitted. Therefore, for the sake of clarity in this
example, if phi may be increased it will be labeled separately from
axial identified above.
8-54
S5.5.4.2.1
Axcol = 10820912 N
( 0.10) ( f' c) ( Ag_col) = 18151560 N
Since the factored axial load in the column is less than ten percent of
the gross concrete strength, the phi-factor will be modified and
separately labeled as follows:
Axcol
Low_axial = 0.81
S4.5.3.2.2b
Pe =
s =
( Kcol lu)
1
Axcol
1
axial Pe
Pe = 368054838 N
s = 1.04
The final design forces at the base of the column for the Strength I limit
state will be redefined as follows:
Pu_col = Axcol
Pu_col = 10820912 N
Mux = Mulcol s
Mux = 2759990755 N mm
Muy = Mutcol
Muy = 12273546865 N mm
If the factored axial load is less than ten percent of the gross concrete
strength multiplied by the phi-factor for compression members (axial),
then the Specifications require that a linear interaction equation for only
the moments is satisfied (SEquation 5.7.4.5-3). Otherwise, an axial
load resistance (Prxy) is computed based on the reciprocal load method
(SEquation 5.7.4.5-1). In this method, axial resistances of the column
are computed (using Low_axial if applicable) with each moment acting
separately (i.e., P rx with Mux, Pry with Muy). These are used along with
the theoretical maximum possible axial resistance (Po multiplied by
axial) to obtain the factored axial resistance of the biaxially loaded
column.
Regardless of which of the two equations mentioned in the above
paragraph controls, commercially available software is generally used
to obtain the moment and axial load resistances.
For this pier design, the procedure as discussed above is carried out
as follows:
Muy = 12273547 kN mm
Mrx = 14154034kN mm
Mry = 48960214kN mm
Mux
Mrx
Muy
Mry
= 0.45
0.45 1.0
OK
The factored flexural resistances shown above, Mrx and Mry, were
obtained by the use of commercial software. These values are the
flexural capacities about each respective axis assuming that no axial
load is present. Consistent with this, the phi-factor for flexure (0.90)
was used in obtaining the factored resistance from the factored
nominal strength.
Although the column has a fairly large excess flexural capacity, a more
optimal design will not be pursued per the discussion following the
column shear check.
8-56
S5.8
(Strength III)
Vulcol = 488370 N
(Strength V)
h = 4725 mm
dv = ( 0.72) ( h)
S5.8.2.4
S5.8.3.3
S5.8.2.9
dv = 3402 mm
The above calculation for dv is simple to use for columns and generally
results in a conservative estimate of the shear capacity.
= 2.0
= 45deg
S5.8.3.4.1
S5.8.3.3
Vc = 4099922 N
8-57
The nominal shear strength of the column is the lesser of the following
two values:
Vn1 = Vc
Vn1 = 4099922 N
(controls)
S5.8.3.3
Vn2 = 0.25 fc bv dv
Vn2 = 32672808 N
Define Vn as follows:
Vn = 4099922N
The factored shear resistance is:
v = 0.90
S5.5.4.2.1
Vr = v Vn
S5.8.2.1
Vr = 3689930 N
Vr
2
Vr
2
= 1844965 N
> Vutcol
OK
8-58
S5.13.3.8
The provisions for the transfer of forces and moments from the
column to the footing are new to the AASHTO LRFD Specifications.
Although similar provisions have existed in the ACI Building Code for
some time, these provisions are absent from the AASHTO Standard
Specifications. In general, standard engineering practice for bridge
piers automatically satisfies most, if not all, of these requirements.
In this design example, and consistent with standard engineering
practice, all steel reinforcing bars in the column extend into, and are
developed, in the footing (see Figure 8-13). This automatically
satisfies the following requirements for reinforcement across the
interface of the column and footing: A minimum reinforcement area
of 0.5 percent of the gross area of the supported member, a
minimum of four bars, and any tensile force must be resisted by the
reinforcement. Additionally, with all of the column reinforcement
extended into the footing, along with the fact that the column and
footing have the same compressive strength, a bearing check at the
base of the column and the top of the footing is not applicable.
In addition to the above, the Specifications requires that the transfer of
lateral forces from the pier to the footing be in accordance with the
shear-transfer provisions of S5.8.4. With the standard detailing
practices for bridge piers previously mentioned (i.e., all column
reinforcement extended and developed in the footing), along with
identical design compressive strengths for the column and footing, this
requirement is generally satisfied. However, for the sake of
completeness, this check will be carried out as follows:
Acv = Ag_col
Acv = 6482700 mm
Avf = As_col
Avf = 62244mm
ccv = 0.70MPa
= 1.00
= 1.0
= 1.00
fy = 420 MPa
f' c = 28 MPa
v = 0.90
S5.8.4.1
S5.8.4.2
S5.5.4.2.1
8-59
The nominal shear-friction capacity is the smallest of the following three S5.8.4.1
equations (conservatively ignore permanent axial compression):
Vnsf1 = ccv Acv + Avf fy
Vnsf1 = 30680370 N
Vnsf2 = 36303120 N
Vnsf3 = 35654850 N
Vnsf = 30680370 N
The maximum applied shear was previously identified from the Strength
V limit state:
Vulcol = 488370 N
It then follows:
v ( Vnsf) = 27612333 N
v ( Vnsf) Vulcol
OK
As can be seen, a large excess capacity exists for this check. This is
partially due to the fact that the column itself is overdesigned in general
(this was discussed previously). However, the horizontal forces
generally encountered with common bridges are typically small relative
to the shear-friction capacity of the column (assuming all reinforcing
bars are extended into the footing). In addition, the presence of a
shear-key, along with the permanent axial compression from the
bridge dead load, further increase the shear-friction capacity at the
column/footing interface beyond that shown above. This may account
for the absence of this check in both the Standard Specifications and
in standard practice.
Transfer of Force at Column Base
For common bridges with standard detailing of bridge
piers and the same design compressive strength of
the column and the footing, S5.13.3.8 can be
considered satisfied.
8-60
3660mm.
459mm.
1524mm.
1524mm.
1524mm.
1144mm.
458mm.
1524mm.
458mm.
10
X
11
12
13
14
15
1142.5mm.
16
17
18
19
8-61
20
S10.7
Pu_punch = 15937kN
Mux_punch = 3960634988 N mm
8-62
S3.6.2.1
Muy_punch = Mutcol_punch
Muy_punch = 7167852365 N mm
With the applied factored loads determined, the next step in the column S5.13.3.6.1
punching shear check is to define the critical perimeter, bo. The
Specifications require that this perimeter be minimized, but need not
be closer than dv/2 to the perimeter of the concentrated load area. In
this case, the concentrated load area is the area of the column on the
footing as seen in plan.
The effective shear depth, dv, must be defined in order to determine bo
and the punching (or two-way) shear resistance. Actually, an average
effective shear depth should be used since the two-way shear area
includes both the "X-X" and "Y-Y" sides of the footing. In other words,
dex is not equal to dey, therefore dvx will not be equal to dvy. This is
illustrated as follows assuming a 1067mm footing with #29 reinforcing
bars at 150mm on center in both directions in the bottom of the footing:
bar_area29 = 645mm
bftg = 1mm
bar_diam29 = 28.7mm
hftg = 1067mm
As_ftg = 2 ( bar_area29)
As_ftg = 1290 mm
(per mm width)
bar_diam29
2
dey = 978 mm
dex = 1067mm Coverftg bar_diam29
bar_diam29
2
dex = 949 mm
8-63
S5.13.3.6.3
aftg =
Tftg
0.85 fc bftg
aftg = 22765mm
aftg
2
S5.8.2.9
S5.8.2.9
dvx = 854 mm
aftg
2
dvy = 880 mm
( dvx + dvy)
2
dv_avg = 867 mm
With the average effective shear depth determined, the critical
perimeter can be calculated as follows:
bcol = 4725mm
tcol = 1372mm
8-64
dv_avg
dv_avg
+ 2 tcol + 2
b0 = 2 bcol + 2
b0 = 15662mm
The factored shear resistance to punching shear is the smaller of the
following two computed values:
c =
bcol
tcol
S5.13.3.6.3
c = 3.44
Vn_punch1 = 19099337 N
Vn_punch2 = 0.33 ( 5291503Pa) ( b0) ( dv_avg)
Vn_punch2 = 23710513 N
Define Vn_punch as follows:
Vn_punch = Vn_punch1
v = 1
Vr_punch = v ( Vn_punch)
Vr_punch = 17189403 N
With the factored shear resistance determined, the applied factored
punching shear load will be computed. This value is obtained by
summing the loads in the piles that are outside of the critical perimeter.
As can be seen in Figure 8-12, this includes Piles 1 through 5, 6, 10,11,
15, and 16 through 20. These piles are entirely outside of the critical
S5.13.3.6.1
perimeter. If part of a pile is inside the critical perimeter, then only the
portion of the pile load outside the critical perimeter is used for the
punching shear check.
8-65
Critical Perimeter
for Column
Punching Shear
Y
+Muy
10
dv/2
+Mux
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Column
Perimeter
The following properties of the pile group are needed to determine the
pile loads (reference Figures 8-11 and 8-12):
npiles = 20
2
2
Ip_xx = 5 ( 457mm) + ( 1371mm) 2
Ip_xx = 20884900 mm
2
2
Ip_yy = 4 ( 1524 mm) + ( 3048mm) 2
Ip_yy = 92903040 mm
Pu_punch
npiles
Mux_punch ( 1371mm)
Ip_xx
Muy_punch ( 3048mm)
P1 = 1292023 N
8-66
Ip_yy
Similar calculations for the other piles outside of the critical perimeter
yield the following:
P2 = 1171915N
P3 = 1054310N
P4 = 936750N
P5 = 819144N
P6 = 1117827N
P10 = 647495N
P11 = 946223N
P15 = 475890N
P16 = 774575N
P17 = 657014N
P18 = 539410N
P19 = 421848N
P20 = 304245N
The total applied factored shear used for the punching shear check is:
Vu_punch = P1 + P2 + P3 + P4 + P5 + P6 + P10 ...
+ P11 + P15 + P16 + P17 + P18 + P19 + P20
Vu_punch = 11158669 N
Vu_punch Vr_punch
OK
Pu_punch
14
npiles
Vu_punch_alt =
8-67
Vu_punch_alt = 11156029 N
Vu_punch_alt = Vu_punch
It has just been shown that the factored axial load alone is sufficient for
the punching shear check at the column. However, consideration of the
factored axial load along with the corresponding applied factored
moments is necessary for other footing design checks such as
punching shear at the maximum loaded pile, one-way shear, and
flexure. This applies to the abutment footing in Design Step 7 as well.
However, what is unique to the pier footing is that significant moments
act about both axes. What follows is a demonstration, using the pile
forces previously computed, of an estimation of the applied factored
load on a per millimeter basis acting on each footing face. The
following estimations are based on the outer row of piles in each
direction, respectively. Once these estimates are obtained, the
appropriate footing design checks are the same as those for the
abutment footing.
Lftg_xx = 7010mm
Lftg_yy = 3660mm
2 ( P 1 + P 2) + P 3
Lftg_xx
Restimate_xx = 853.4
N
mm
2 ( P 1 + P 6)
Lftg_yy
Restimate_yy = 1316.9
N
mm
8-68
1524mm.
14173mm.
1830mm.
4572mm.
4725mm.
1067mm.
2 rows of
10 - #36 bars
#25 bars @
200mm spacing
7010mm.
8-69
#25 bars
@ 300mm
spacing
Page
13
14
16
23
32
33
36
37
38
53
63
65
77
78
79
89
P-1
92
103
kN = 1000 N
MPa =
N
mm
P-2
Centerline
Bridge Prop. Bottom of Footing
ELEVATION (FEET)
Elev. 101
Loose Silty
Sand (sm)
Hard Grey
Sandstone
P-3
C10.5.4,
SAppendix A10
S10.7.1.4,
C10.7.1.4
P-4
kg
dry = 1442
wet = 1762
kg
3
water = 1000
kg
3
kg
3
P-5
C10.4.1
SEquation
10.7.2.3.3-4
where:
Corrected SPT blow count (Blows/300mm)
Note: The formula above is generally
considered valid for values of
' > 0.02394 MPa (Bowles 1977):
Ncorr
N2
'
' = hi effi
where:
hi
effi
P-6
Depth to Top
Depth to
ef f i
of Sample
Bottom of
(kg/m^3)
(mm)
Sample (mm)
Boring A1-1
0
914
1829
2743
3658
4572
5486
6401
7315
8230
9144
10058
Boring A1-2
0
914
1829
2743
3658
4572
5486
6401
7315
8230
9144
10058
Ncorr
N2
'
Blows/300mm Blows/300mm
(MPa)
(BPMM)
(BPMM)
457
1371
2286
3200
4115
5029
5943
6858
7772
8687
9601
10515
1762
1762
762.5
762.5
762.5
762.5
762.5
762.5
762.5
762.5
762.5
762.5
0.0079
0.0237
0.0305
0.0374
0.0442
0.0511
0.0579
0.0647
0.0716
0.0784
0.0853
0.0921
5
5
4
3
5
6
3
3
6
9
12
14
9
7
6
4
6
7
4
3
7
10
12
14
457
1371
2286
3200
4115
5029
5943
6858
7772
8687
9601
10515
1762
1762
762.5
762.5
762.5
762.5
762.5
762.5
762.5
762.5
762.5
762.5
0.0079
0.0237
0.0305
0.0374
0.0442
0.0511
0.0579
0.0647
0.0716
0.0784
0.0853
0.0921
2
3
5
6
8
4
6
9
10
10
11
13
4
4
7
8
10
5
7
10
11
11
11
13
BPMM
P-7
Description
Very
Loose
Loose
Medium
Dense
Very
Dense
Ncorr =
0-4
4-10
10-30
30-50
>50
f =
a=
b=
25-30
0.5
27.5
27-32
0.5
27.5
30-35
0.25
30
35-40
0.15
33
say
'f = 31
P-8
38-43o
0
40.5
STable
10.6.2.2.3b-1
7.5 - 10 MPa
STable
10.6.2.2.3b-1
E0 = 0.7 Ncorr
E0 = 6
MPa
STable
10.6.2.2.3b-1
= 0.25
P-9
kN
3
Layer 2 - Rock:
Depth:
Rock is encountered at elevation 70 and extends a minimum
of 7620 mm beyond this point.
Unit Weight ():
Determined from unconfined compression tests on samples
of intact rock core as listed below:
Boring No. Depth (mm) (kg/m^3)
A1-1
22098
2435
A1-1
22890
2467
A1-2
21915
2323
A1-2
23256
2451
P1-1
24750
2579
P1-2
21885
2275
A2-1
23256
2323
A2-2
22464
2419
Average
2409
kg
3
P-10
qu (Pa)
89149210
72050210
44471180
89493950
96940290
46194870
92527640
102662900
79186281
STable
10.6.2.2.3d-2
E0 = 14700 MPa
STable
10.6.2.2.3d-1
ave = 0.2
P-11
G0 = 6125000000 Pa
G0 = 6125 MPa
Rock Mass Quality:
Rock mass quality is used to correct the intact rock strength and
intact modulus values for the effects of existing discontinuities in
the rock mass. This is done through empirical correlations using
parameters determined during core drilling.
Data from the test borings is summarized below:
Depth
(mm)
Run
Length
(mm)
Boring A1-1
10668
12192
13716
15240
16764
Boring A1-2
10668
12192
13716
15240
16764
Averages
Recovery
RQD (%)
(%)
1524
1524
1524
1524
1524
100
96
100
98
98
80
94
96
92
90
1524
1524
1524
1524
1524
98
100
100
96
98
98.4
90
80
96
90
96
90.4
P-12
P-13
CL
Footing
CL
Bearings
Ptrans
Mtrans
Plong
CL Footing
and Bridge
Mlong
Bottom of footing
533.4 mm 1028.7 mm
Y
B = 3125 mm
Z
NOTE: Loads and moments shown in
positive direction
P-14
LIMIT
STATE
STR-I
MAX/FIN
SER-I
MAX/FIN
STR-I
Maximum MIN/FIN
Overturning
SER-I
MIN/FIN
STR-III
Maximum
MAX/FIN
Lateral
SER-I
Load
MAX/FIN
Maximum
Vertical
Load
AXIAL
FORCE
Pv ert
(N)
LATERAL LATERAL
LONG
TRANS
LOAD
LOAD
MOMENT MOMENT
(IN LONG. (IN TRANS.
Mlong
Mtrans
DIR.)
DIR.)
(N-m)
(N-m)
Ptrans (N)
Plong (N)
10021840 10430308
3803229
7966765
6472675
219643
2539935
44482
8273692
9885269
3803229
7966765
6384547
219643
2526590
44482
8073522
8641984
688756
3500750
164584
7966765
6472675
219643
2539935
44482
P-15
SM = 0.22 MPa
STable
10.6.2.3.1-1
SM = 220000Pa
Presumptive bearing capacity is a service limit state, thus
compare against maximum service load.
From Design Step P.3,
the Maximum service load is
Pvert = 7.967 10 N
A = 55463110 mm
L = 14287.5 mm
Bmin = 3882 mm
P-16
S10.5.2
S10.5.3
eB =
Mlong
Pvert
Mlong = 9885269 N m
Pvert = 8273692 N
eB =
Mlong
Pvert
eB = 1195 mm
To prevent excessive loss of contact eB must be less than B/4.
Width of the footing:
Bi
4
Bi = 3125 mm
= 781 mm
S10.6.3.1.5
eB <
Bi
SEquation
10.6.3.1.5-1
Distance
Distance
from heel to from heel to
Centroid of centroid of
footing (mm) load (mm)
1562.5
1676.5
1829.0
1981.5
2134.0
2286.0
2438.5
2591.0
2757.5
2757.5
2757.5
2757.5
2757.5
2757.5
2757.5
2757.5
eB
(mm)
B/4
(mm)
1195.0
1081.0
928.5
776.0
623.5
471.5
319.0
166.5
781.25
838.25
914.50
990.75
1067.00
1143.00
1219.25
1295.50
P-18
Mlong
Pvert
Mlong
Pvert
eB = 812 mm
Footing
width B
(mm)
3125
3353
3658
3963
4268
4572
4877
Distance
Distance
from heel to from heel to
Centroid of
centroid of
footing (mm) load (mm)
1562.5
2374.50
1676.5
2374.50
1829.0
2374.50
1981.5
2374.50
2134.0
2374.50
2286.0
2374.50
2438.5
2374.50
eB (mm)
B' (mm)
812.0
698.0
545.5
393.0
240.5
88.5
-64.0
1501
1957
2567
3177
3787
4395
5005
S0 =
q0 1
) A0.5
SEquation
10.6.2.2.3b-1
Es z
q0 = SM
q0 = 220000Pa
A = L' B'
Length of footing
L' = L
L' = 14 m
B' = 3882 mm
A = L' B'
A = 55 m
Es = 6 MPa
=0
z at
P-20
L'
=4
B'
z
1.15
1.24
STable
10.6.2.2.3b-2
By interpolation, at
S0 =
q0 1
z = 1.18
) A0.5
Es z
S0 = 216.95 mm
Note: This computation assumes an infinite depth of the compressible
layer. Other computation methods that allow for the rigid base
(NAVFAC DM-7.1-211) indicate the difference between assuming an
infinite compressible layer and a rigid base at a depth equal to 3
times the footing width (H/B = 3) below the footing can be estimated
by computing the ratio between appropriate influence factors (I) as
follows:
As per NAVFAC DM7.1-212, and DM7.1-213:
I for rigid circular area over infinite halfspace:
Iinf = 0.79
I for rigid circular area over stiff base at H/B of 3: Isb = 0.64
The influence value determined above is for a Poisson's ratio of
0.33. A Poisson's ration of 0.25 is used for the soil. This
difference is small for the purposes of estimating elastic settlement.
P-21
Ratio of I values:
Isb
= 0.810127
Iinf
Since I is directly proportional to settlement, this ratio can be
multiplied by S0 to arrive at a more realistic prediction of settlement
of this footing.
Isb
S'0 = S0
Iinf
S'0 = 176 mm
This settlement will occur as load is applied to the footing and may
involve some rotation of the footing due to eccentricities of the
applied load. Since most of the loads will be applied after
construction of the abutment (backfill, superstructure, deck) this will
result in unacceptable displacement.
The structural engineer has determined that the structure can
accommodate up to 38 mm of horizontal displacement and up to 13
mm vertical displacement. Given the magnitude of the predicted
displacements, it is unlikely this requirement can be met. Thus, a
deep foundation system or some form of ground improvement is
required.
Note that the above calculation did not account for the weight of the
approach embankment fill and the effect that this will have on the
elastic settlement. Consideration of this would increase the settlement
making the decision to abandon a spread footing foundation even
more decisive.
P-22
P-23
S10.7.1.5
P-25
Edge
Distance
SB
NL
SL
L
Edge
Distance
NB
Figure P-3 Plan View of Pile Cap
P-26
In B direction:
SB is defined as: Width of the pile cap - 2 times the edge distance
SB = B 2 distmin
SB = 2365 mm
Max number of spaces at 5D spacing (NB)
NB <
SB
5D
SB
5D
=2
NB < 1.55
Minimum number of spaces at 3048 mm each (NB)
NB >
SB
3048 mm
SB
3048 mm
=1
NB > 0.775
Since the number of spaces has to be an integer
NB = 1
Which results in two rows of piles in the B direction.
P-27
In L direction:
SL is defined as: Width of the pile cap - 2 times the edge distance
SL = L 2 distmin
SL = 13528mm
Max number of spaces at 3D spacing (NL)
NL <
SL
3D
SL
3D
= 15
NL < 14.792
Minimum number of spaces at 3048 mm each (NL)
NL >
SL
3048 mm
SL
3048 mm
=4
NL > 4.438
Since the number of spaces has to be an integer
NL = 5 to 14
Which results in 6 to 15 rows of piles in the L direction.
P-28
RBACK
RFRONT
SB = 2365 mm
MB = 0
SB
MB = Mlong
Pvert + SB RFRONT
2
= 10021840 N
RFRONT = 9425782 N
1
Mlong = 10796379 N m
1
RBACK = 596062 N
1
= 8273692 N
RFRONT = 8322623 N
2
Mlong = 9885269 N m
2
RBACK = 49 N
2
P-29
RFRONT = 9425782 N
Since the front row can have 6 - 15 piles,
Max anticipated factored pile load can range between:
RFRONT6 =
RFRONT
RFRONT15 =
RFRONT
15
and
RFRONT6 = 1570964 N
RFRONT15 = 628385 N
SEquation
6.9.2.1-1 and
SEquation
6.9.4.1-1
P r = c Fy As
S6.5.4.2
Fy = 250 MPa
NOTE: Grade 250 steel is assumed at this stage even though most
H-pile sections are available in higher grades at little or no cost
differential. The need for using a higher strength steel will be
investigated in future design steps
P-30
RFRONT6
= 10473mm2 and
Fy
RFRONT15
= 4189 mm2
Fy
d = 299 mm
bf = 306 mm
tf = 11.0 mm
tw = 11.0 mm
6
Ixx = 163 10 mm
Iyy = 52.6 10 mm
Zx = 1210 10 mm
3
Zy = 525 10 mm
Es = 200000 MPa
P-31
Pn = 0.66 Fy As
SEquation
6.9.4.1-1
where:
Fy = 250 MPa
As = 10000mm
S6.9.4.1
= 0
Therefore:
Pn = 0.66 Fy As
Pn = 2500000 N
P-32
SEquation
10.7.3.5-1
for which:
3+
Ksp =
sd
D
10 1 + 300
d = 1 + 0.4
td
sd
SEquation
10.7.3.5-2
0.5
Hs
Ds
d < 3.4
where:
Average compressive strength of rock core:
From Design Step P.1:
qu = quave
qu = 79 MPa
Spacing of discontinuities:
Based on high observed RQD in
Design Step P.1 and description
of rock:
sd = 305 mm
Width of discontinuities:
Joints are tight as per
discussion in Design Step P.1:
td = 0 mm
P-33
Pile width:
D = 310 mm
HP 310x79 used:
Hs = 0 mm
Diameter of socket:
Assumed but does not matter
since Hs = 0:
Ds = 305 mm
so:
3+
Ksp =
sd
D
td
10 1 + 300
sd
0.5
Ksp = 0
and:
d = 1 + 0.4
Hs
Ds
d=1
Thus:
qp = 3 qu Ksp d
qp = 95 MPa
P-34
SEquation
10.7.3.2-3
where:
Nominal unit bearing resistance as defined above: qp = 95 MPa
Area of the pile tip:
Area determined assuming a plug develops
between flanges of the H-Pile. This will be
the case if the pile is driven into the upper
weathered portion of the rock.
Therefore:
Qp = qp Ap
Qp = 8792375 N
P-35
Ap = 92903 mm
SEquation
6.9.2.1
where:
Resistance factor for H-pile in compression,
no damage anticipated:
c = 1
Pn = 2500000 N
Therefore:
Pr = 1500000 N
P-36
S6.5.4.2
SEquation
10.7.3.2-2
qp = 0.5 v
STable
10.5.5-2
v = 1.0
and therefore:
qp = 0.5 v
qp = 1
P-37
STable
10.5.5-2
Drivability of Piles
If a suitable hammer can not be found that allows
driving the piile to the required ultimate capacity
without exceeding the permissible driving stress,
modification to the recommended pile type are
necessary. These may include:
P-38
DRIVEN 1.0
PILE INFORMATION
Pile Type: H Pile - HP310X79
Top of Pile: 1220 mm
Perimeter Analysis: Box
Tip Analysis: Pile Area
ULTIMATE CONSIDERATIONS
Water Table Depth At Time Of:
- Drilling:
1524 mm
- Driving/Restrike
1524 mm
- Ultimate:
1524 mm
Ultimate Considerations:
- Local Scour:
0.00 mm
0.00 mm
- Soft Soil:
0.00 mm
ULTIMATE PROFILE
Layer
1
Type
granular
0.00%
1762 kg/m^3
Strength
Ultimate Cur
1500.0/1500.0 Nordlund
Skin Friction
End Bearing
Total Capacity
3 mm
0.00 N
0.00 N
0.00 N
1217 mm
0.00 N
0.00 N
0.00 N
1220 mm
0.00 N
4449 N
4449 N
1521 mm
2847 N
5561 N
8452 N
1528 mm
2936 N
5605 N
8497 N
4271 mm
43104 N
9875 N
52979 N
7014 mm
105779 N
9875 N
115699 N
9757 mm
191007 N
9875 N
200882 N
10665 mm
224146 N
9875 N
234066 N
P-39
Capacity (N)
0
50000
100000
150000
200000
250000
Skin Friction
End Bearing
2000
Depth (mm)
Total Capacity
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
Bearing Capacity Graph - Driving
P-40
= 0.65 v
STable
10.5.5-2
QP = 2307692 N
At this Ultimate point resistance the percent side friction is:
Qs
= 9%
Qs + QP
and the resistance required by wave equation analysis is:
Qreq = Qs + QP
Qreq = 2530103 N
P-41
SD = 0.2 DIM
Skin Quake:
SQ = 2.5 mm
Toe Damping:
TD = 0.15 DIM
Toe Quake:
TQ = 2.5 mm
SD = 0.05 DIM
Skin Quake:
SQ = 2.5 mm
Toe Damping:
TD = 0.05 DIM
Toe Quake:
TQ = 2.5 mm
P-42
Hammer Selection:
As a rule of thumb, start out with a rated energy of 272 Joules
times the steel area of the pile.
Area:
As = 10000
mm
Er = ( 272J) As
Rated Energy:
Er = 2720000 J
Select open ended diesel common to area
DELMAG 12-32 (ID=37) rated at:
42478 N m
Helmet weight:
9564 N
Area:
51 mm
COR:
0.8
Hammer Efficiency:
kg
3
72%
Sd < 0.9 Fy
S10.7.1.16
= 1.0
S6.5.4
kg
3
P-43
42 KSI
660 Kips
240
BPF
Sd_act = 42 ksi
Sd_act = 29528920
P-44
kg
3
Check:
The ultimate capacity exceeds that required
Qult > Qreq
Qult = 2935826 N
>
Qreq = 2530103 N
OK
kg
3
>
Sd_act = 29528920
31984 N m
P-45
kg
3
34 KSI
29 KSI
520 Kips
420 Kips
100
BPF
240
BPF
Sd_act = 23904370
P-46
kg
3
Check:
The ultimate capacity exceeds that required
Qult > Qreq
Qult = 2313075 N
Qreq = 2530103 N
>
kg
3
>
Sd_act = 23904370
kg
3
P-47
Qp = 1700110 N
and:
= 0.65
QR = Qp
QR = 1105072 N
P-48
2)
Sd < 0.9 Fy
S10.7.1.16
= 1
Fy = 345 MPa
<
311MPa
Driving Stress
Sd =
Qult
As
P-49
S6.5.4
where:
Ultimate required capacity as
previously determined by
wave equation analysis:
Qult = 2530103 N
As = 10000 mm
Driving Stress
Sd =
Qult
As
Sd = 253.01 MPa
Thus, so long as the contractor selects a hammer that will
produce a driving stress between about 255 and 310 MPa at
refusal, an acceptable driven capacity should be achieved
during construction.
Using a minimum driving stress of
Qult = Sd_min As
Qult = 2550000 N
Qp = Qult Qs
Qs = 222411N
As defined previously
Qp = 2327589 N
P-50
QR = Qp
= 0.65
Qp = 2327589 N
QR = Qp
QR = 1512933 N
Pn = 0.66 Fy As
where
Nominal compressive resistance:
Pn
Fy = 345 MPa
As = 10000mm
=0
Pn = 3450000 N
P-51
Pr = c Pn
c = 1
Pr = 2070000 N
Driven capacity controls
Thus final axial resistance of driven pile:
Q = QR
Q = 1512933 N
P-52
Np =
Pvert
QR
where:
The maximum factored vertical load on the
abutment, from Design Step P.3, Load Case
STR I max:
Pvert = 10021840 N
Pvert
Pf
Np = 6.6 Piles
Additional piles will be required to resist the over turning moment.
From Design Step P.5, the maximum load that needed to be supported
by each row of piles was calculated.
RFRONT = 9425782 N
RBACK = 596062 N
P-53
RFRONT
Pf
s =
SL
NFRONT
where:
The length of footing available
for piles, from Design Step P.5:
c-c spacing of piles:
s =
SL = 13528mm
SL
NFRONT 1
s = 2255 mm
Set c-c spacing of piles = 2235 mm
This is approaching the maximum pile spacing identified in Step 5 thus
set the back row of piles to the same spacing. This will result in the
back row of piles being under utilized for axial loads. However, the
additional piles are expected to be necessary to help handle lateral
loads and to resist downdrag loads that will be applied to the back row
only. Further, a load case in which the longitudinal loads such as
temperature and braking loads are reversed will increase the loads on
the back row.
P-54
381
mm
14288 mm
3125mm
2363 mm
439 mm
Figure P-9 Plan View of Pile Cap
P-55
F'z
N
+ M'x
x'
y'
+ M'y
Iyy
Ixx
where:
Vertical load and moments applied
at the centroid of the pile group:
x' , y'
Iyy , Ixx
x = 0, y = 0
Fz = 10021844 N
Mx = 0 N m
My = 10430308 N m
The coordinate system for the following calculations is provided
in Figure P.10:
+z
+y
+x
Figure P-10 Coordinate System
P-56
Table P-10 is used to calculate the vertical load and moments, and the
moment of inertia of the pile group.
Input Pile Location
Pile
x
y
Number
1
-1181.5
-6705
2
1181.5
-6705
3
-1181.5
-4470
4
1181.5
-4470
5
-1181.5
-2235
6
1181.5
-2235
7
-1181.5
0
8
1181.5
0
9
-1181.5
2235
10
1181.5
2235
11
-1181.5
4470
12
1181.5
4470
13
-1181.5
6705
14
1181.5
6705
Calculated Values
x'
y'
x' 2
y' 2
Pile load
-1181.5
1181.5
-1181.5
1181.5
-1181.5
1181.5
-1181.5
1181.5
-1181.5
1181.5
-1181.5
1181.5
-1181.5
1181.5
-6705
-6705
-4470
-4470
-2235
-2235
0
0
2235
2235
4470
4470
6705
6705
1395942
1395942
1395942
1395942
1395942
1395942
1395942
1395942
1395942
1395942
1395942
1395942
1395942
1395942
44957025
44957025
19980900
19980900
4995225
4995225
0
0
4995225
4995225
19980900
19980900
44957025
44957025
-91710
-1352856
-91710
-1352856
-91710
-1352856
-91710
-1352856
-91710
-1352856
-91710
-1352856
-91710
-1352856
Iyy = 279732600 mm
Ixx = 19543192 mm
P-57
-1352856
-91710
-970747
-177596
-1193914
1330
-965419
-182924
-1120833
-42898
-970747
-177596
Npile = 14
P =
Plong
Npile
P = 181424N
Lateral Capacity
P-59
Based on the design chart below, the maximum service load per pile
for an assumed 1.5" deflection (38mm) is:
92KN = 20.6K
From PennDOT DM4 Appendix F-20:
92 KN
P-60
Notes on chart:
Solid lines represent load vs deflection for full depth
loose saturated sand
I values are moment of inertia for pile about axis
perpendicular to applied load (shown in mm4 x 108)
For HP 310 x 79
Ixx = 164000000mm
P-61
Load Case
Total vertical load on
front row of piles (N)
Batter =
STR-I
SER-I
STR-I
SER-I
STR-III
SER-I
MAX/FIN MAX/FIN MIN/FIN MIN/FIN MAX/FIN MAX/FIN
9426226 6723487 8321733 6686122 7695423 6723487
0.333333333
(N)
Remaining force to be
handled by bending of
pile = Plong - available
horizontal force (N)
Force per pile (N)
661006
47151
298921 1029318
21352
73396
298031
935461
298921
21352
66723
21352
P-62
The performance of the pile group and the resulting pile stresses are
greatly influenced by the degree to which piles are fixed against
rotation at the pile head. This fixity is provided by the pile cap and is
a function of the embedment of the pile into the cap, the geometry of
the pile group, the stiffness of the pile cap, and the deflection. Each
of these is evaluated below.
S10.7.3.8
Embedment
Research has shown that a pile needs to be embedded 2-3 times its
diameter into the pile cap in order to develop full fixity. These piles
will be embedded the minimum of 300 mm since the thickness of the
pile cap is expected to be only 762 mm. Embedding the piles 610
mm into a 762 mm thick cap places the tops of the piles near the top
layer of reinforcing and increases the probability of the pile punching
through the top of the cap under load. Thus full pile head fixity will
likely not develop regardless of other factors.
Group geometry
In the transverse direction, there will be 7 rows of piles that when
deflected force the pile cap to remain level. This condition will result
in full fixity of the pile head pending evaluation of other factors. In
the longitudinal direction there will be only 2 rows of piles which
should be sufficient to enforce fixity pending evaluation of other
factors. However, if the front row of piles is battered and the back
row of piles is left vertical, the pile cap will tend to rotate backwards
as it deflects. This could conceivably result in a moment applied to
the pile heads greater than that required to fix the head (i.e. greater
than 100% fixity) This backwards rotation of the pile cap is
accounted for in the group analysis so it does not need to be
considered here.
P-63
S10.7.1.5
Deflection
The fixity of a pile is reduced at large deflections due to cracking
of the concrete at the bottom of the pile cap. For the vertical pile
group deflections are expected to be large but for the battered
group deflections are likely to be small.
Conclusion
Since the group analysis will account for the group geometry and
the stiffness of the pile cap, the remaining factors of embedment
and deflection need to be accounted for. Both of these indicate
that pile head fixity is likely to be somewhere between 25 and
75% with the higher values for the battered group. To be
conservative, the group will be analyzed with 0 and 100% fixity to
determine the critical conditions for pile stress (usually 100%
fixity) and deflection (0 % fixity)
P-64
P-65
S10.7.3.11
381 mm
ZONE OF
THICKENED
FOOTING TO
ACCOUNT FOR
STEM
14286 mm
438 mm
1067 mm
838 mm
ASSUMED
LOCATIONS OF
APPLIED LOADS
(typical 3 spots)
CL of pile
cap
P-66
LIMIT
STATE
STR-I
MAX/FIN
SER-I
MAX/FIN
STR-I
MIN/FIN
SER-I
MIN/FIN
STR-III
MAX/FIN
SER-I
MAX/FIN
FB-Pier
Load
Case
Fz (N)
My
(N-m)
Mx
(N-m)
Fx (N)
Fy (N)
3340614
-3476765
1267743
2655588
-2157554
73214
846630
14827
2757897
-3295086
1267743
2655588
-2128187
73214
842182
14827
2691174
-2880666
229540
1166902
54860
2655588
-2158367
73214
846630
14827
P-67
The axial response of the soil and rock (T-z and Q-z)
Since the piles will be point bearing, friction response of the soil will
be small compared to the point resistance and can be ignored.
However, for cases that develop tension in the piles, frictional
response of the soil will be the only thing that resists that tension.
Therefore, two cases will need to be run, one with the frictional
response set to zero by specifying a custom T-z curve and the
second with the friction response set to the default for a driven pile in
granular material.
Point response of the pile bearing on rock (Q-z) will be a function of
the elastic properties of the rock and will be input as a custom Q-z
curve as defined below.
Point 2
Q max
Point 3
Z @ Q max
Point 1
Z
z @ Qmax:
base =
Pi Ip
CEquation
10.8.3.5-2
D s Er
P-68
where:
Load at top of socket:
Since
Hs
Ds
Pi = 8825272 N
= 0
CFigure
10.8.3.5-1
Ip = 1.1 DIM
Diameter of socket,
for HP310 pile:
Ds = 310 mm
Er
where:
Modulus modification ratio based on
RQD, from Design Step P.1:
RQD = 90.4%
Ke = 0.74
CFigure
10.8.3.5-3
Ei = 14652 MPa
Thus,
Er = Ke Ei
CEquation
10.8.3.5-3
Er = 10842MPa
and:
base =
Pi Ip
D s Er
base = 2.888 mm
P-69
Point
1
2
3
Q (N)
0
8829720
8829720
z (mm)
0.00
3.05
50.80
P-70
wet = 1762
k = 5430
kg
3
kN
3
Assume pile will drive into top weathered portion of rock estimated to
be 300 mm thick.
The embedment of the pile into the rock will provide some amount
of lateral restraint at the pile tip. The response of the rock will be
relatively stiff compared to the soil. To simulate this response, use
the built in P-y curve for a stiff clay above the water table since the
shape of this curve is closest to actual rock response. Input
parameters for this curve are estimated below:
Shear strength
Average qu,
Design Step P.1:
quave = 79186281 Pa
quave = 79.186 MPa
10% qu = 7918628 Pa
1
10% qu = 3959314 Pa
2
qu = 3830421 Pa
P-71
Unit weight
Average ,
Design Step P.1:
ave = 2409
kg
3
wet = 1762
kg
3
Go = 2275270 Pa
From Design Step P.10:
Tmax = 19966 Pa
Note: max calculated as the total skin friction calculated by DRIVEN
analysis divided by surface area of pile embedded in soil during
that analysis. This represents an average value along the length of
the pile and is not truly representative of the torsional response of
the pile. However, a more sophisticated analysis is not warranted
since torsional response of the piles will be minimal in a multi pile
group that is not subject to significant eccentric horizontal loading.
P-72
Ec = 4800 f' c
Ec = 21830
Ec = 21830
kg
3
m
kg
3
Pile lengths
Since top of rock is level and front row of piles is battered, front row
of piles will be slightly longer than back row so set up front row as a
second pile set.
Back row of piles:
Lback = 9754 mm
Batter
Lfront = 10281 mm
P-73
Group Interaction
c-c spacing in direction of load:
sload = 7.75 D
sperp_load = 7.33 D
P-74
Results of Analyses
Four runs were made with different combinations of pile head
fixity and considering frictional resistance from the soil. These
are expected to bracket the extremes of behavior of the pile
group. The results of the four runs are summarized in the table
below.
The results in Table P-15 are summarized from the FB-Pier
Output files
Units
Run #
Pile head condition
Soil Friction
1
Fixed
No
2
Pinned
No
3
Fixed
Yes
4
Pinned
Yes
N
N-m
N-m
mm
Max V2
267
Pile 7
LC3
6450
Pile 7
LC3
68058
Pile 1
LC3
10009
Pile 13
LC3
80513
Pile 7
LC3
80958
Pile 7
LC3
70727
Pile 7
LC3
80513
Pile 7
LC3
15124
Pile 2
LC5
13345
Pile 13
LC5
15124
Pile 2
LC5
13345
Pile 13
LC5
mm
mm
12.2
3.4
LC6
0.51
LC6
12.4
3.1
LC6
1.35
LC6
11.7
3.2
LC6
0.51
LC6
12.1
2.8
LC6
1.35
LC6
Max X Displacement
Max Vertical Displacement
Load Case
Max Y displacement
Load Case
mm
P-75
View of model
Beam Seat Elevation
(Displacement Measurement
Location)
Loose
Sand
Rock
P-76
Pmax_a = 1512395 N
Pmax_t = 68058 N
These occurred when the pile was assumed to be fully fixed in the pile
cap and when soil friction was considered
The maximum factored geotechnical axial resistance,
from Design Step P.10 is:
Qr = 1512395 N (Controlled by drivability considerations)
The ultimate geotechnical tension resistance can be taken as the
reverse of what was computed in step P.10 using driven
S10.7.3.7.2
Qs = 224146 N
Factored resistance:
QR = u Qs
where:
The ultimate shaft resistance in compression:
Qs
u = 0.4
STable
10.5.5-2
S10.5.3
Pmax_a = 1512395 N
Pmax_t = 68058 N
These occurred when the pile was assumed to be fully fixed in the pile
cap and when soil friction was considered
The maximum factored structural axial resistance in the lower portion
of the pile, from Design Step P.10 is:
Pr = 2070000 N
This is also applicable to tension.
The factored structural resistance far exceeds the maximum factored
loads. Thus, the piles are adequately sized to transmit axial loads.
P-78
S6.9.2.2
Pr
where:
Axial compressive load:
Pu
Pr = c Pn
where:
From Design Step P.10:
Pn = 3450000 N
c = 0.7
so:
Pr = c Pn
Pr = 2415000 N
From Design Step P.13, maximum combined loadings range from:
Pu_min = 1281088 N
to
Pu_max = 1494602 N
so:
Pu_min
Pr
= 0.53
to
Pu_max
Pr
= 0.619
P-79
S6.5.4.2
8 Mux Muy
+
1.0
Mry
9 Mrx
SEquation
6.9.2.2-2
where:
Pu , Pr
Mux
Muy
Mrx
Mry
S6.10.4-1
where:
The resistance factor for combined bending
and axial load in piles:
f = 1.0
P-80
S6.5.4.2
S6.12.2.2.1
E
3.76
Fyc
0.5
SEquation
6.10.4.1.2-1
d 2 tf
2
Dcp = 138.5 mm
tw = 0 m
Modulus of Elasticity:
E = 200000 MPa
Check:
2 Dcp
tw
= 25
E
3.76
Fyc
0.5
P-81
= 91
Therefore:
2 Dcp
tw
E
3.76
Fyc
0.5
is satisfied.
E
0.382
2 tf
Fyc
0.5
SEquation
6.10.4.1.3-1
where:
bf = 306 mm
tf = 11 mm
Check:
bf
2 tf
E
0.382
Fyc
= 14
0.5
=9
Therefore:
bf
E
0.382
2 tf
Fyc
0.5
NOT SATISFIED
12
Check:
bf
2 tf
= 14
>
12
SEquation
6.10.4.2.4a-2
where:
Fcr =
1.904 E
2
bf 2 Dcp
2
t
f
tw
0.5
so:
Fcr = 345 MPa
and:
Hybrid factor as specified in Section
6.10.4.3.1 for a homogeneous section:
Rh = 1.0
Rb
P-83
S6.10.4.3.1a
Check:
2 Dcp
tw
E
b
fc
0.5
SEquation
6.10.4.3.2a-1
where:
Since
Dcp
d
2
b = 5.76
fc = 345 MPa
Check:
2Dcp
tw
= 25
E
b
fc
0.5
= 139
Therefore:
2 Dcp
tw
E
b
fc
0.5
is satisfied
P-84
thus:
Rb = 1.0
so:
Fn = Rb Rh Fcr
Fn = 345 MPa
For tension flange:
Fn = Rb Rh Fyt
SEquation
6.10.4.2b-1
where:
Rh = 1
Rb = 1
S6.10.4.3.2b
P-85
where:
The plastic section modulus about the x axis, Zx = 1210000 mm
from Design Step P.5:
so:
Mnx = Mp
Mp = Fy Zx
Mp = 417450N m
Mnx = 417450N m
SEquation
6.12.2.2.1-1
Mp = Fy Zy
Zy = 525000mm
P-86
CEquation
6.12.2.2.1
where:
The elastic section modulus about the y axis: Sy = 344 mm
Mny = 1.5 Fy Sy
Mny = 178 N m
Use
Mny = Fy Zy
SEquation
6.10.4-1
so:
Mrx = f Mnx
Mrx = 417450N m
and:
Mry = f Mny
Mry = 181125N m
P-87
FB-Pier
Run #
1
2
3
4
Muy
8 Mux
+
1.0
9 417450 181125
Pu
(N)
1281088
1285536
1494602
1289984
Mux
(N-m)
145073
135582
35252
131515
Muy
(N-m)
0
0
0
0
Results of interaction
equation
0.84
0.82
0.69
0.81
P-88
SEquation
6.9.2.2-2
SEquation
6.10.7.2-1
where:
Vp = 0.58 Fyw D tw
SEquation
6.10.7.2-2
P-89
compute:
D
= 27.2
tw
compute:
1.1
Ek
Fyw
0.5
200000 5
1.1
345
Check:
27.2 < 59
thus:
C = 1.0
SEquation
6.10.7.3.3a-5
0.5
= 59
so:
Vn = C Vp
Vn = 658129N
Factored resistance:
Vr = v Vn
S6.5.4.2
so:
Vr = v Vn
Vr = 658129N
From Design Step P.13, the maximum factored shear in any
pile in the FB-Pier analysis was 80958 N.
Thus, piles are acceptable for shear.
P-90
h = 12.4 mm
v = 3.4 mm
h_all = 38 mm
S10.7.2.2
v_all = 13 mm
S10.7.2.3.1
P-91
S10.7.2.4 and
S10.7.2.3.1
Downdrag
S10.7.1.4
45720 mm
R1
R2
R3
R4
Abutment
Top of slope
Wingwall
Toe of slope
Es = 5745631 Pa
h of fill = 6401 mm
of fill = 209
kg
3
q0 = 130713 Pa
P-92
for = 0.33
NAVFAC DM7.1-211:
S0_R1 =
q0 1
) BI
Es
S0_R1 = 31.204 mm
For two rectangles:
S0_R1R2 = 2 S0_R1
S0_R1R2 = 62 mm
P-93
S0_R3 =
for = 0.33
q0 1
) BI
Es
S0_R3R4 = 2 S0_R3
S0_R3R4 = 53 mm
P-94
S10.7.1.4
and
C10.7.1.4
Qs = 224146N
Since downdrag is a load, it is factored in accordance with
Section 3.4.1-2.
dd = 1.8
(maximum)
STable
3.4.1-2
Battered Piles
S10.7.1.6
S10.7.1.8
Design Step P.1 determined soils and ground water were non
corrosive thus no special protection scheme or sacrificial steel is
required.
S10.7.1.9
The FB-Pier analysis showed some of the piles in the back row to
be in tension under some of the strength limit states. None of the
service limit states showed piles in tension.
Pile Capacity
To adequately transfer the tension load from the pile to
the pile cap, a special connection detail involving
reinforcing passing through a hole in the pile web or
shear studs would be normally required.
P-96
= 100 % of resistance
84% of resistance
Some of the front row are not fully loaded due to flexing of the
relatively thin pile cap but the front row can be considered
optimized.
The back row of piles is severely under utilized for the loads
investigated.
However, load cases in which the longitudinal forces are reversed
will result in higher loads on the back row of piles. These loads will
not exceed the loads on the front row since some longitudinal loads
can not be reversed (earth pressure). Still, it may be possible to
eliminate every other pile in the back row and still meet all criteria.
A brief evaluation of this possibility using FB-Pier indicates that
removing 3 piles from the back row could cause the combined
bending and axial stress in the front row of piles to exceed that
allowed by the interaction equation. This is because elimination
of the piles in the back row causes more of the horizontal loads
to be absorbed by the front piles which produces higher bending
moments in these piles.
Based on the above, the design is optimized to the greatest extent
practical
P-97
381 mm
14286 mm
STEM
438 mm
1067 mm
838 mm
Battered at
1H:3V
CL of pile
cap
P-98
CASE:
FB-Pier
Load
Case
Limit
State
Pile
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
LC2
LC3
No Skin Friction
LC4
LC5
LC6
STR-I
SER-I
STR-I
SER-I
STR-III
SER-I
MAX/FIN MAX/FIN MIN/FIN MIN/FIN MAX/FIN MAX/FIN
-30512
-1402435
-56546
-1469959
-68565
-1494825
-75442
-1511817
-68271
-1491889
-55950
-1470938
-29601
-1403859
-155563
-985148
-178445
-1032788
-186220
-1049513
-190348
-1061212
-181114
-1044976
-167956
-1026605
-139269
-975584
258
-1215566
258
-1277218
257
-1300616
257
-1300571
257
-1283001
258
-1279976
258
-1219302
-160567
-979810
-183689
-1027228
-191505
-1043909
-195691
-1055563
-186403
-1039416
-173205
-1021045
-144278
-970246
7
-1224284
8
-1266275
10
-1273704
13
-1272903
17
-1242566
22
-1212363
27
-1140658
-155563
-985148
-178445
-1032788
-186220
-1049513
-190348
-1061212
-181114
-1044976
-167956
-1026605
-139269
-975584
P-99
CASE:
FB-Pier
Load
Case
Limit
State
Pile
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
LC2
LC3
No Skin Friction
LC4
LC5
LC6
STR-I
SER-I
STR-I
SER-I
STR-III
SER-I
MAX/FIN MAX/FIN MIN/FIN MIN/FIN MAX/FIN MAX/FIN
-60785
-1371787
-86878
-1440290
-98862
-1465556
-105650
-1477744
-98346
-1458038
-85820
-1442514
-59130
-1375034
-162912
-975228
-185598
-1024426
-193048
-1042352
-196825
-1054318
-187181
-1039238
-173503
-1022958
-144265
-973049
6437
-1221170
6436
-1283045
6436
-1306309
6435
-1307733
6436
-1290118
6436
-1285536
6437
-1224596
-168014
-969801
-190944
-1018821
-198440
-1036658
-202274
-1048579
-192581
-1033544
-178867
-1017308
-149394
-967577
-64993
-1131272
-74846
-1187987
-74383
-1208760
-70273
-1210495
-55087
-1193058
-35052
-1186519
-3619
-1129137
-162912
-975228
-185598
-1024426
-193048
-1042352
-196825
-1054318
-187181
-1039238
-173503
-1022958
-144265
-973049
P-100
LC2
Skin Friction
LC3
LC4
STR-I
SER-I
MAX/FIN MAX/FIN
STR-I
MIN/FIN
SER-I
MIN/FIN
STR-III
SER-I
MAX/FIN MAX/FIN
-25122
-1398921
-52347
-1469114
-64851
-1494736
-72030
-1511951
-64570
-1491311
-51782
-1470137
-24261
-1400389
67898
-1276417
65669
-1339627
64473
-1362935
63872
-1375791
64557
-1357197
65838
-1340605
68142
-1277796
-156021
-975806
-180269
-1025493
-188471
-1042841
-192942
-1054807
-183360
-1038082
-169740
-1019532
-139625
-966554
-6963
-1208760
-6171
-1258135
885
-1270902
3440
-1275083
7823
-1248660
12912
-1222638
19587
-1153513
-151035
-981144
-175020
-1031053
-183173
-1048446
-187577
-1060456
-178040
-1043686
-164446
-1025137
-134568
-971981
LC5
P-101
LC6
-151035
-981144
-175020
-1031053
-183173
-1048446
-187577
-1060456
-178040
-1043686
-164446
-1025137
-134568
-971981
LC1
LC2
Skin Friction
LC3
LC4
STR-I
SER-I
MAX/FIN MAX/FIN
STR-I
MIN/FIN
SER-I
MIN/FIN
STR-III
SER-I
MAX/FIN MAX/FIN
-59304
-1367606
-86527
-1438866
-98991
-1465066
-106090
-1476988
-98497
-1456526
-85504
-1441268
-57702
-1371031
9193
-1221571
6308
-1286381
4801
-1310669
4088
-1312403
5069
-1294121
6844
-1289540
9995
-1226019
-166106
-964241
-190153
-1015485
-198057
-1034078
-202198
-1045910
-192243
-1030297
-178147
-1014195
-147565
-962284
-63538
-1131450
-74361
-1190834
-74397
-1212407
-70673
-1214231
-55403
-1196038
-35127
-1189410
-2933
-1129315
-161030
-969668
-184824
-1021134
-192684
-1039772
-196767
-1051649
-186865
-1035946
-172805
-1019844
-142472
-967711
LC5
LC6
-161030
-969668
-184824
-1021134
-192684
-1039772
-196767
-1051649
-186865
-1035946
-172805
-1019844
-142472
-967711
68142
1511951
FB-Pier may be used to print out all stresses in each element of the
pile cap as a check on manual methods if desired.
P-102
FHWA HI-96-033
NAVFAC DM7
P-103
PADOT DM4
NCEER-97-0022
P-104
INPUT SAMPLE
Note: This Opis file is included for illustrative purposes. It was generated during
preliminary stages of this project to compute final design moments, shears, and reactions.
Additional iterations were performed resulting in final design conditions that differ
slightly from those presented in this design sample.
Bridge
Bridge Id:
Structure Number:
Name:
Creation Timestamp:
Last Modified Timestamp:
Description:
Location:
Bridge Completely Defined Indicator:
Template Indicator:
Facility Carried:
Feature Intersected:
Year Built:
System Of Units:
Route Number:
Length:
Mile/Km Post:
Recent ADTT:
District:
County:
Owner:
Maintainer:
Administrative Area:
National Highway System Indicator:
Functional Class:
Bridge Alt Name - Existing:
Bridge Alt Name - Current:
X Plane Coordinate:
Y Plane Coordinate:
Elevation:
Longitude:
Latitude:
Impact Factor Adjustment:
Impact Factor Override:
Impact Factor Type:
LRFD Constant Impact Factor:
LRFD Fatigue Impact Factor:
SI / Metric
-1
73.152
m
km
-1
-1
Bridge Alternative #1
Bridge Alternative #1
m
m
m
%
Standard - AASHTO
33.0
15.0
%
%
Bridge Alt
Name:
Description:
Creation Timestamp:
Last Modified Timestamp:
Reference Line Length:
Station:
Bearing:
Distance:
Elevation:
Bridge Alternative #1
Thursday, December 18, 2003 14:58:34
0.00
m
m
Degrees
m
m
Offset:
Structure
Name:
Description:
Creation Timestamp:
Last Modified Timestamp:
Super Structure Alternative Name - Existing:
Super Structure Alternative Name - Current:
Distance:
Offset:
Angle:
Structure #1
Thursday, December 18, 2003 14:58:34
Structure Alternative #1
Structure Alternative #1
Structure Alternative
Name:
Description:
Creation Timestamp:
Last Modified Timestamp:
Super Structure Definition Name:
Structure Alternative #1
Thursday, December 18, 2003 14:58:34
2 Span 5 Girder System
Materials
Structural Steel Material
Name:
Description:
Si Or Us Type:
Yield Strength:
Tensile Strength:
Coefficient Of Thermal Expansion:
Density:
Modulus Of Elasticity:
Grade 50W
AASHTO M270 Grade 50W
US Customary
344.74
MPa
482.63
MPa
0.0000117000
1/C
7849.1791
kg/m^3
199947.98
MPa
Concrete Material
Name:
Description:
Si Or Us Type:
28 Day Compressive Strength:
Initial Compressive Strength:
Density For DL:
Density For Modulus Of Elasticity:
Modulus Of Elasticity:
Initial Modulus Of Elasticity:
Coefficient Of Thermal Expansion:
Poissons Ratio:
Composition Type:
Modulus Of Rupture:
Class A (US)
Class A cement concrete
US Customary
27.58
MPa
MPa
2402.81
kg/m^3
2322.72
kg/m^3
25125.52
MPa
MPa
0.0000108000
1/C
0.200
Normal
3.31
MPa
m
m
Degrees
Shear Factor:
1.000
Beam Shapes
Steel Beam Shapes
Appurtenances
Concrete Parapet
Name:
Description:
Si Or Us Type:
Concrete Density:
Distance To Additional Load:
Additional Load:
X1:
X2:
X3:
Y1:
Y2:
Y3:
Y4:
Standard Parapet
Standard Parapet
US Customary
2402.8099
kg/m^3
mm
kN/m
235.0
mm
88.9
mm
114.3
mm
0.0
mm
812.8
mm
171.5
mm
82.5
mm
Factors
Super Structure Definitions
Girder System Structure Def
Name:
Description:
Creation Timestamp:
Last Modified Timestamp:
System Of Units:
Number Of Girders:
Number Of Spans:
Frame Structure Simplified Definition Indicator:
LRFD - Lanes Available to Trucks:
FALSE
%
Perpendicular
0.000
0.0
Standard - AASHTO
33.0
15.0
Tributary Area
Uniformly to All Girders
%
%
%
Span Lengths
Span Length
(m)
1 36.5760
2 36.5760
Name
DC1
DC2
DW
Description
DC acting on non-composite
section
DC acting on long-term
composite section
DW acting on long-term
composite section
SIP
Weight due to stay-in-place forms
Forms
Load
Type
Stage Name
D,DC
Non-composite (Stage 1)
D,DC
D,DW
D,DC
Load Application
Time
(Days)
Girder Spacings
Bay Number Start Spacing End Spacing
m
m
1
2.9718
2.9718
2
2.9718
2.9718
3
2.9718
2.9718
4
2.9718
2.9718
Diaphragm Locations
Bay Number: 1
Right Member Distance Left Member Distance Number of Spaces Spacing Weight
(m)
(m)
(m)
(kN)
0.000
0.000
1
0.000
4.064
4.064
1
0.000
4.064
4.064
8
4.064
40.640
40.640
1
0.000
40.640
40.640
8
4.064
Bay Number: 2
Right Member Distance Left Member Distance Number of Spaces Spacing Weight
(m)
(m)
(m)
(kN)
0.000
0.000
1
0.000
4.064
4.064
1
0.000
4.064
4.064
8
4.064
40.640
40.640
8
4.064
40.640
40.640
1
0.000
Bay Number: 3
Right Member Distance Left Member Distance Number of Spaces Spacing Weight
(m)
(m)
(m)
(kN)
0.000
0.000
1
0.000
4.064
4.064
8
4.064
4.064
4.064
1
0.000
40.640
40.640
1
0.000
40.640
40.640
8
4.064
Bay Number: 4
Right Member Distance Left Member Distance Number of Spaces Spacing Weight
(m)
(m)
(m)
(kN)
0.000
0.000
1
0.000
4.064
4.064
8
4.064
4.064
4.064
1
0.000
40.640
40.640
1
0.000
40.640
40.640
8
4.064
7.144
m
7.144
m
7.144
m
7.144
m
1.200
m
1.200
m
Concrete
Class A (US)
215.9
mm
22766.510 N/mm
3.000
Concrete Appurtenances
Name
Standard
Parapet
Standard
Parapet
Face Left
Indicator
DC2
FALSE
Left Edge
0.000
0.000
FALSE
DC2
FALSE
Right Edge
0.000
0.000
TRUE
Travelway
Number Of
Lanes
Distance Length
(m)
(m)
2
2
Wearing Surface
0.000
0.000
73.152
73.152
Offset Left
Start
(m)
-6.706
0.000
Offset Right
Start
(m)
0.000
6.706
Offset Left
End
(m)
-6.706
0.000
Offset Right
End
(m)
0.000
6.706
Bituminous
Bituminous Wearing Surface
63.5
mm
2242.623
kg/m^3
DW
Girder Member
Name:
Description:
Creation Timestamp:
Last Modified Timestamp:
Same As Structure Member Name:
Member Alternative Name - Existing:
Member Alternative Name - Current:
Pedestrian Live Load Force:
G1
Thursday, December 18, 2003 14:58:34
Thursday, December 18, 2003 15:24:05
Steel Plate Girder
Steel Plate Girder
0.000
kN/m
Member Loads
Distributed Member Loads
Load Case Name Distance Length Load Start Load End
(m)
(m)
(kN/m)
(kN/m)
SIP Forms
0.000 73.152
2.13
2.13
DC1
0.000 73.152
0.22
0.22
Settlement
Load
Case
Support
Number
X Translation
Settlement
(mm)
Y Translation
Settlement
(mm)
Z Rotation
Settlement
(Radians)
1
2
3
Supports
General
Support Number Support Type X Translation Type Y Translation Type Z Rotation Type
1
Roller
Free
Fixed
Free
2
Pinned
Fixed
Fixed
Free
3
Roller
Free
Fixed
Free
Elastic
Support
Number
X Translation
Spring Constant
(kN/m)
Y Translation
Spring Constant
(kN/m)
Z Rotation
Override Z Rot Spring
Const Indicator
Spring Constant
(kN-m/rad)
1
2
3
kN/m
%
mm
mm
Grade 50W
Class A (US)
Grade 60
T-web top,W-flange edge
FALSE
0.000
0.0
Standard - AASHTO
33.0
15.0
%
%
%
Import Event
Steel Top Flange Plate Ranges
Begin
Width
(mm)
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
End
Width
(mm)
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
Steel
Name
Weld
Name
Weld At Right
Name
End
Depth
(mm)
1371.6
1371.6
Depth Variation
Thickness Distance Length
Type
(mm)
(m)
(m)
None
12.7
0.000
73.152
Steel
Name
Weld At Right
Name
Grade
50W
End
Width
(mm)
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
Steel
Name
Weld
Name
Weld At Right
Name
Distance Length
(m)
(m)
0.000
73.152
Structural
Thickness
(mm)
203.2
Modular
Ratio
8.000
Reinf Steel
Name
Distance Length
(m)
(m)
Grade 60
Grade 60
Grade 60
Grade 60
Grade 60
Grade 60
Grade 60
Grade 60
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
73.152
73.152
73.152
73.152
73.152
73.152
73.152
73.152
Number Of
Bars
5.425
5.150
5.425
10.850
10.300
10.300
5.150
10.850
Bar
Size
4
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
Vert
Distance
(mm)
44.4
71.4
71.4
71.4
33.3
71.4
31.7
46.0
Haunch Profile
Distance Length Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Y1 Y2 Y3
(m)
(m) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
0.000 73.152 88.9 88.9 88.9 88.9 88.9 76.2
Lateral Support
Distance Length
(m)
(m)
0.000 73.152
30.480
38.608
38.608
44.704
44.704
67.056
67.056
1
2
1
5
1
1
2
0.0
2032.0
0.0
4064.0
0.0
0.0
2032.0
Bearing Stiffeners
Support Number: 1
Name
Offset
(mm)
Abutment Bearing Stiffener -76.2
Abutment Bearing Stiffener 76.2
Support Number: 2
Name
Offset
(mm)
Pier Bearing Stiffener -76.2
Pier Bearing Stiffener 76.2
Support Number: 3
Name
Offset
(mm)
Abutment Bearing Stiffener -76.2
Abutment Bearing Stiffener 76.2
Point of Interest
Distance:
Section Location Type:
Override Transverse Stiff Indicator:
Transverse Stiff Spacing:
Transverse Stiff Width:
Transverse Stiff Thickness:
Transverse Stiff Steel Name:
Transverse Stiff Number:
Transverse Stiff Type:
Override Bearing Stiff Indicator:
Bearing Stiff Width:
Bearing Stiff Thickness:
27.432
Right
FALSE
mm
mm
mm
Grade 50W
1
Plate
FALSE
mm
mm
Point of Interest
Distance:
Section Location Type:
Override Transverse Stiff Indicator:
Transverse Stiff Spacing:
Transverse Stiff Width:
Transverse Stiff Thickness:
Transverse Stiff Steel Name:
Transverse Stiff Number:
Transverse Stiff Type:
Override Bearing Stiff Indicator:
Bearing Stiff Width:
Bearing Stiff Thickness:
Bearing Stiff Steel Name:
Bearing Stiff Clip:
Bearing Stiff Number Pairs:
Bearing Stiff Pair Spacing:
Bearing Stiff Attachment Type:
Override Long Stiff Indicator:
Long Stiff Width:
Long Stiff Thickness:
Long Stiff Steel Name:
Long Stiff Distance:
45.720
Right
FALSE
mm
mm
mm
Grade 50W
1
Plate
FALSE
mm
mm
Grade 50W
mm
mm
Welds
FALSE
mm
mm
Grade 50W
mm
Top Flange
FALSE
m
m
FALSE
m
FALSE
mm^4
mm
mm^2
MPa
MPa
%
%
Girder Member
Name:
Description:
Creation Timestamp:
Last Modified Timestamp:
Same As Structure Member Name:
Member Alternative Name - Existing:
Member Alternative Name - Current:
Pedestrian Live Load Force:
G2
Thursday, December 18, 2003 14:58:34
Thursday, December 18, 2003 15:24:13
Steel Plate Girder
Steel Plate Girder
0.000
kN/m
Member Loads
Distributed Member Loads
Load Case Name Distance Length Load Start Load End
(m)
(m)
(kN/m)
(kN/m)
SIP Forms
0.000 73.152
2.13
2.13
DC1
0.000 73.152
0.22
0.22
Settlement
Load
Case
Support
Number
1
2
3
X Translation
Settlement
(mm)
Y Translation
Settlement
(mm)
Z Rotation
Settlement
(Radians)
Supports
General
Support Number Support Type X Translation Type Y Translation Type Z Rotation Type
1
Roller
Free
Fixed
Free
2
Pinned
Fixed
Fixed
Free
3
Roller
Free
Fixed
Free
Elastic
Support
Number
X Translation
Spring Constant
(kN/m)
Y Translation
Spring Constant
(kN/m)
Z Rotation
Override Z Rot Spring
Spring Constant
Const Indicator
(kN-m/rad)
1
2
3
Grade 50W
Class A (US)
Grade 60
kN/m
%
mm
mm
%
%
%
Import Event
Steel Top Flange Plate Ranges
Begin
Width
(mm)
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
End
Width
(mm)
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
Steel
Name
Weld
Name
Weld At Right
Name
End
Depth
(mm)
1371.6
1371.6
Depth Variation
Thickness Distance Length
Type
(mm)
(m)
(m)
None
12.7
0.000
73.152
Steel
Name
Weld At Right
Name
Grade
50W
End
Width
(mm)
Steel
Name
Weld
Name
Weld At Right
Name
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
25.4
34.9
66.7
34.9
25.4
Distance Length
(m)
(m)
0.000
73.152
Structural
Thickness
(mm)
203.2
Modular
Ratio
8.000
Distance Length
(m)
(m)
Grade 60
Grade 60
Grade 60
Grade 60
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
73.152
73.152
73.152
73.152
Number Of
Bars
23.400
11.700
11.700
23.400
Bar
Size
5
5
4
5
Vert
Distance
(mm)
71.4
71.4
31.7
33.3
Haunch Profile
Distance Length Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Y1 Y2 Y3
(m)
(m) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
0.000 73.152 88.9 88.9
88.9
Lateral Support
Distance Length
(m)
(m)
0.000 73.152
Bearing Stiffeners
Support Number: 1
Name
Offset
(mm)
Abutment Bearing Stiffener -76.2
Abutment Bearing Stiffener 76.2
Support Number: 2
Name
Offset
(mm)
Pier Bearing Stiffener -76.2
Pier Bearing Stiffener 76.2
Support Number: 3
Name
Offset
(mm)
Abutment Bearing Stiffener -76.2
Abutment Bearing Stiffener 76.2
Point of Interest
Distance:
27.432
Point of Interest
Distance:
Section Location Type:
Override Transverse Stiff Indicator:
Transverse Stiff Spacing:
Transverse Stiff Width:
Transverse Stiff Thickness:
Transverse Stiff Steel Name:
Transverse Stiff Number:
Transverse Stiff Type:
Override Bearing Stiff Indicator:
Bearing Stiff Width:
45.720
Right
FALSE
mm
mm
mm
Grade 50W
1
Plate
FALSE
mm
Girder Member
Name:
Description:
Creation Timestamp:
Last Modified Timestamp:
Same As Structure Member Name:
Member Alternative Name - Existing:
Member Alternative Name - Current:
Pedestrian Live Load Force:
G3
Thursday, December 18, 2003 14:58:34
G2
kN/m
Member Loads
Settlement
Load
Case
Support
Number
1
2
X Translation
Settlement
(mm)
Y Translation
Settlement
(mm)
Z Rotation
Settlement
(Radians)
Supports
General
Support Number Support Type X Translation Type Y Translation Type Z Rotation Type
1
Pinned
Fixed
Fixed
Free
2
Roller
Free
Fixed
Free
3
Roller
Free
Fixed
Free
Elastic
Support
Number
X Translation
Spring Constant
(kN/m)
Y Translation
Spring Constant
(kN/m)
Z Rotation
Override Z Rot Spring
Const Indicator
Spring Constant
(kN-m/rad)
1
2
3
Girder Member
Name:
Description:
Creation Timestamp:
Last Modified Timestamp:
Same As Structure Member Name:
Member Alternative Name - Existing:
Member Alternative Name - Current:
Pedestrian Live Load Force:
G4
Thursday, December 18, 2003 14:58:34
G2
kN/m
Member Loads
Settlement
Load
Case
Support
Number
1
2
3
Supports
X Translation
Settlement
(mm)
Y Translation
Settlement
(mm)
Z Rotation
Settlement
(Radians)
General
Support Number Support Type X Translation Type Y Translation Type Z Rotation Type
1
Pinned
Fixed
Fixed
Free
2
Roller
Free
Fixed
Free
3
Roller
Free
Fixed
Free
Elastic
Support
Number
X Translation
Spring Constant
(kN/m)
Y Translation
Spring Constant
(kN/m)
Z Rotation
Override Z Rot Spring
Spring Constant
Const Indicator
(kN-m/rad)
1
2
3
Girder Member
Name:
Description:
Creation Timestamp:
Last Modified Timestamp:
Same As Structure Member Name:
Member Alternative Name - Existing:
Member Alternative Name - Current:
Pedestrian Live Load Force:
G5
Thursday, December 18, 2003 14:58:34
G1
kN/m
Member Loads
Settlement
Load
Case
Support
Number
X Translation
Settlement
(mm)
Y Translation
Settlement
(mm)
Z Rotation
Settlement
(Radians)
1
2
3
Supports
General
Support Number Support Type X Translation Type Y Translation Type Z Rotation Type
1
Pinned
Fixed
Fixed
Free
2
3
Roller
Roller
Free
Free
Fixed
Fixed
Free
Free
Elastic
Support
Number
1
2
3
X Translation
Spring Constant
(kN/m)
Y Translation
Spring Constant
(kN/m)
Z Rotation
Override Z Rot Spring
Spring Constant
Const Indicator
(kN-m/rad)
OUTPUT SAMPLE
Note: This Opis file is included for illustrative purposes. It was generated during
preliminary stages of this project to compute final design moments, shears, and reactions.
Additional iterations were performed resulting in final design conditions that differ
slightly from those presented in this design sample.
Reactions
Live Load HL-93 (US)
Impact = 33.000 %
Support
1
2
3
Maximum
Reaction
(kN)
474.18
1066.85
474.19
Controlling
Live Load
Axle
Truck Train
Axle
Minimum
Reaction
(kN)
-63.00
0.00
-63.01
Controlling
Live Load
Axle
Truck Train
Axle
Note:
Impact, distribution factors, and design lane load included in above reactions.
Moment Summary
Live Load HL-93 (US)
Impact = ** %
Span 1
Location
(m)
0.000
3.658
7.315
10.973
14.630
18.288
21.946
25.603
29.261
32.918
36.576
Percent
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
80.0
90.0
100.0
Maximum
Positive
Moment
(kN-m)
0.00
1503.64
2558.14
3176.05
3431.09
3339.35
2928.10
2212.00
1262.27
468.78
0.00
Percent
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
80.0
90.0
100.0
Maximum
Positive
Moment
(kN-m)
0.00
468.79
1262.28
2212.00
2928.09
3339.30
3431.02
3175.96
2558.08
1503.65
0.00
Controlling
Live Load
Truck Train
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Tandem
Truck Train
Maximum
Negative
Moment
(kN-m)
-0.00
-230.44
-460.90
-691.35
-921.79
-1152.23
-1382.67
-1613.10
-1968.07
-2995.04
-4606.93
Controlling
Live Load
Truck Train
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Truck Train
Truck Train
Truck Train
Controlling
Live Load
Truck Train
Tandem
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Truck Train
Maximum
Negative
Moment
(kN-m)
-4606.93
-2995.05
-1968.10
-1613.12
-1382.68
-1152.23
-921.78
-691.33
-460.88
-230.45
-0.00
Controlling
Live Load
Truck Train
Truck Train
Truck Train
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Truck Train
Span 2
Location
(m)
0.000
3.658
7.315
10.973
14.630
18.288
21.946
25.603
29.261
32.918
36.576
Note:
"N/A" indicates not applicable
"**" indicates not available
Note:
Impact, distribution factors, and design lane load included in above moments.
Shear Summary
Live Load HL-93 (US)
Impact = ** %
Span 1
Location
(m)
0.000
3.658
7.315
10.973
14.630
18.288
21.946
25.603
29.261
32.918
36.576
Percent
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
80.0
90.0
100.0
Maximum
Positive
Shear
(kN)
474.18
401.94
328.93
261.80
201.13
147.43
101.07
62.18
32.31
12.44
0.00
Percent
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
80.0
90.0
100.0
Maximum
Positive
Shear
(kN)
563.83
508.78
451.02
390.94
329.28
266.94
204.96
144.30
89.67
64.81
63.01
Controlling
Live Load
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Tandem
Tandem
Truck Train
Maximum
Negative
Shear
(kN)
-63.00
-64.81
-89.67
-144.31
-204.96
-266.94
-329.28
-390.95
-451.02
-508.78
-563.84
Controlling
Live Load
Axle
Axle
Tandem
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Controlling
Live Load
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Tandem
Axle
Axle
Maximum
Negative
Shear
(kN)
0.00
-12.44
-32.31
-62.18
-101.07
-147.43
-201.14
-261.81
-328.94
-401.94
-474.19
Controlling
Live Load
Truck Train
Tandem
Tandem
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Axle
Span 2
Location
(m)
0.000
3.658
7.315
10.973
14.630
18.288
21.946
25.603
29.261
32.918
36.576
Note:
"N/A" indicates not applicable
"**" indicates not available
Note:
Impact, distribution factors, and design lane load included in above shears.
3.658
7.315
10.0
20.0
Limit State
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
Resistance
Moment
Flexure (kN-m)
Pos
0.00
Neg
0.00
Pos
0.00
Neg
0.00
Pos
0.00
Neg
0.00
Pos
0.00
Neg
0.00
Pos
0.00
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-II
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-III
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-III
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
0.00
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-I
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-II
Pos
0.00
Total DL Moment
Max
Min
(kN-m) (kN-m)
0.00(1) 0.00(2)
0.00(1) 0.00(2)
0.00(1) 0.00(2)
0.00(1) 0.00(2)
0.00(1) 0.00(2)
0.00(1) 0.00(2)
0.00(1) -0.00(2)
0.00(1) -0.00(2)
0.00(1) 0.00(1)
0.00(1) 0.00(1)
1350.55
906.23(2)
(1)
1350.55
906.23(2)
(1)
1350.55
906.23(2)
(1)
1350.55
906.23(2)
(1)
1350.55
906.23(2)
(1)
1350.55
906.23(2)
(1)
1574.49 1443.70
(1)
(2)
1574.49 1443.70
(1)
(2)
1049.66 1049.66
(1)
(1)
1049.66 1049.66
(1)
(1)
2250.07 1509.27
(1)
(2)
2250.07 1509.27
(1)
(2)
2250.07 1509.27
(1)
(2)
2250.07 1509.27
Total LL Moment
Max
Min
(kN-m) (kN-m)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
-0.00(3) -0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
-0.00(3) -0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
-0.00(3) -0.00(3)
2631.38
672.83(3)
(1)
-125.96 -403.27
(3)
(1)
2029.92
519.04(3)
(1)
-311.09
-97.17(3)
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
1954.74
499.82(3)
(1)
-299.57
-93.57(3)
(1)
4476.75 1168.19
(1)
(3)
-251.93 -806.58
(3)
(1)
3453.49
901.17(3)
(1)
-194.35
-622.22
10.973
14.630
30.0
40.0
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-III
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-III
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
0.00
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-I
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-II
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-III
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-III
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
0.00
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-I
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-II
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-III
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-III
Neg
0.00
(1)
2250.07
(1)
2250.07
(1)
2622.79
(1)
2622.79
(1)
1748.53
(1)
1748.53
(1)
2698.54
(1)
2698.54
(1)
2698.54
(1)
2698.54
(1)
2698.54
(1)
2698.54
(1)
3144.86
(1)
3144.86
(1)
2096.57
(1)
2096.57
(1)
2695.95
(1)
2695.95
(1)
2695.95
(1)
2695.95
(1)
2695.95
(1)
2695.95
(1)
(2)
1509.27
(2)
1509.27
(2)
2403.80
(2)
2403.80
(2)
1748.53
(1)
1748.53
(1)
1809.09
(2)
1809.09
(2)
1809.09
(2)
1809.09
(2)
1809.09
(2)
1809.09
(2)
2880.26
(2)
2880.26
(2)
2096.57
(1)
2096.57
(1)
1805.71
(2)
1805.71
(2)
1805.71
(2)
1805.71
(2)
1805.71
(2)
1805.71
(2)
(3)
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
3325.58
867.79(3)
(1)
-187.15 -599.17
(3)
(1)
5558.09 1486.00
(1)
(3)
-377.89 -1209.86
(3)
(1)
4287.67 1146.35
(1)
(3)
-291.52 -933.32
(3)
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
4128.86 1103.89
(1)
(3)
-280.72 -898.75
(3)
(1)
6004.41 1626.31
(1)
(3)
-503.85 -1613.13
(3)
(1)
4631.97 1254.58
(1)
(3)
-388.69 -1244.42
(3)
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
18.288
21.946
50.0
60.0
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
0.00
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-I
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-II
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-III
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-III
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
0.00
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-I
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-II
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-II
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-III
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-III
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
0.00
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
3140.69
(1)
3140.69
(1)
2093.80
(1)
2093.80
(1)
2242.33
(1)
2242.33
(1)
2242.33
(1)
2242.33
(1)
2242.33
(1)
2242.33
(1)
2610.31
(1)
2610.31
(1)
1740.21
(1)
1740.21
(1)
1337.66
(1)
1337.66
(1)
1337.66
(1)
1337.66
(1)
1337.66
(1)
1337.66
(1)
1553.71
(1)
1553.71
(1)
1035.81
(1)
2873.09
(2)
2873.09
(2)
2093.80
(1)
2093.80
(1)
1499.12
(2)
1499.12
(2)
1499.12
(2)
1499.12
(2)
1499.12
(2)
1499.12
(2)
2382.29
(2)
2382.29
(2)
1740.21
(1)
1740.21
(1)
889.33(2)
889.33(2)
889.33(2)
889.33(2)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
4460.42 1208.11
(1)
(3)
-374.29 -1198.33
(3)
(1)
5843.86 1589.09
(1)
(3)
-629.81 -1638.92
(3)
(2)
4508.12 1225.87
(1)
(3)
-485.86 -1555.51
(3)
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
4341.15 1180.47
(1)
(3)
-467.86 -1497.90
(3)
(1)
5124.18 1374.36
(1)
(3)
-755.77 -755.77
(3)
(3)
3952.94 1060.22
(1)
(3)
-583.02 -583.02
(3)
(3)
889.33(2) 0.00(3)
0.00(3)
889.33(2) 0.00(3)
0.00(3)
1407.86
(2)
1407.86
(2)
1035.81
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
3806.53
(1)
1020.96
(3)
25.603
27.432
29.261
70.0
75.0
80.0
SERVICE-II
Neg
N/A
1035.81 1035.81
(1)
(1)
STRENGTH-I
Pos
0.00
4.60(1) -46.32(2)
STRENGTH-I
Neg
N/A
4.60(1) -46.32(2)
STRENGTH-II
Pos
0.00
4.60(1) -46.32(2)
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
N/A
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4.60(1)
4.60(1)
4.60(1)
-29.11(1)
-29.11(1)
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
-19.40(1) -19.40(1)
SERVICE-II
Neg
N/A
-19.40(1) -19.40(1)
STRENGTH-I
Pos
12733.93
**
**
STRENGTH-I
Neg
N/A
**
**
STRENGTH-II
Pos
12733.93
**
**
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
N/A
12733.93
12798.70
12798.70
12798.70
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
SERVICE-II
Pos
12760.72
**
**
SERVICE-II
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-I
Pos
12798.70
STRENGTH-I
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-II
Pos
12798.70
STRENGTH-II
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-III
Pos
12798.70
STRENGTH-III
Neg
12798.70
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
12798.70
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
12798.70
**
-1242.87
(2)
-1242.87
(2)
-1242.87
(2)
-1242.87
(2)
-1242.87
(2)
-1242.87
(2)
-1996.87
(2)
-1996.87
(2)
-46.32(2)
-46.32(2)
-46.32(2)
-50.19(2)
-50.19(2)
-561.43
(3)
3871.00
(1)
N/A
2986.20
(1)
N/A
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
2875.60
(1)
N/A
3077.35
(1)
N/A
2373.96
(1)
N/A
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
2286.03
(1)
N/A
2208.97
(1)
-561.43
(3)
982.12(3)
N/A
757.64(3)
N/A
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
729.58(3)
N/A
719.45(3)
N/A
555.00(3)
N/A
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
534.45(3)
**
N/A
-1828.99
433.26(3)
(1)
-1828.99
N/A
N/A
(1)
-1828.99 1704.06
334.23(3)
(1)
(1)
-1828.99
N/A
N/A
(1)
-1828.99
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-1828.99
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-2143.16
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-2143.16
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
32.918
36.576
Span 2
90.0
100.0
SERVICE-II
Pos
12798.70
SERVICE-II
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-I
Pos
12798.70
STRENGTH-I
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-II
Pos
12798.70
STRENGTH-II
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-III
Pos
12798.70
STRENGTH-III
Neg
12798.70
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
12798.70
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
12798.70
SERVICE-II
Pos
12798.70
SERVICE-II
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-I
Pos
18677.93
STRENGTH-I
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-II
Pos
18677.93
STRENGTH-II
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-III
Pos
18677.93
STRENGTH-III
Neg
18677.93
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
18677.93
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
18677.93
SERVICE-II
Pos
18677.93
SERVICE-II
Neg
N/A
-1428.77
(1)
-1428.77
(1)
-2771.25
(2)
-2771.25
(2)
-2771.25
(2)
-2771.25
(2)
-2771.25
(2)
-2771.25
(2)
-4437.13
(2)
-4437.13
(2)
-3195.59
(1)
-3195.59
(1)
-4616.87
(2)
-4616.87
(2)
-4616.87
(2)
-4616.87
(2)
-4616.87
(2)
-4616.87
(2)
-7384.41
(2)
-7384.41
(2)
-5328.81
(1)
-5328.81
(1)
-1428.77
(1)
-1428.77
(1)
-4099.27
(1)
-4099.27
(1)
-4099.27
(1)
-4099.27
(1)
-4099.27
(1)
-4099.27
(1)
-4793.38
(1)
-4793.38
(1)
-3195.59
(1)
-3195.59
(1)
-6840.07
(1)
-6840.07
(1)
-6840.07
(1)
-6840.07
(1)
-6840.07
(1)
-6840.07
(1)
-7993.21
(1)
-7993.21
(1)
-5328.81
(1)
-5328.81
(1)
1640.95
321.85(3)
(1)
N/A
N/A
820.37(2) 95.14(3)
N/A
N/A
632.86(2) 73.39(3)
N/A
N/A
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
609.42(2) 70.67(3)
N/A
N/A
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
N/A
N/A
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
N/A
N/A
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
N/A
N/A
Location
(m) Percent
0.000
0.0
Limit State
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
3.658
10.0
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
7.315
20.0
STRENGTH-I
Total LL Moment
Max
Min
(kN-m) (kN-m)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
N/A
N/A
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
N/A
N/A
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
N/A
N/A
820.38(2) 95.14(3)
N/A
N/A
632.86(2) 73.39(3)
N/A
N/A
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
609.42(2) 70.67(3)
N/A
N/A
2208.98
433.26(3)
(1)
9.144
10.973
25.0
30.0
-1242.87
(2)
-1242.87
(2)
-1242.87
(2)
-1242.87
(2)
-1242.87
(2)
-1996.87
(2)
-1996.87
(2)
-1428.78
(1)
-1428.78
(1)
STRENGTH-I
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-II
Pos
12798.70
STRENGTH-II
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-III
Pos
12798.70
STRENGTH-III
Neg
12798.70
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
12798.70
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
12798.70
SERVICE-II
Pos
12798.70
SERVICE-II
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-I
Pos
12733.93
**
STRENGTH-I
Neg
N/A
**
STRENGTH-II
Pos
12733.93
**
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
N/A
12733.93
12798.70
12798.70
12798.70
**
**
**
**
**
SERVICE-II
Pos
12760.73
**
SERVICE-II
Neg
N/A
**
STRENGTH-I
Pos
0.00
4.59(1)
STRENGTH-I
Neg
N/A
4.59(1)
STRENGTH-II
Pos
0.00
4.59(1)
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
N/A
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4.59(1)
4.59(1)
4.59(1)
-29.12(1)
-29.12(1)
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
-19.41(1)
SERVICE-II
Neg
N/A
-19.41(1)
-1829.00
N/A
N/A
(1)
-1829.00 1704.07
334.23(3)
(1)
(1)
-1829.00
N/A
N/A
(1)
-1829.00
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-1829.00
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-2143.16
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-2143.16
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-1428.78 1640.96
321.85(3)
(1)
(1)
-1428.78
N/A
N/A
(1)
3077.36
**
719.45(3)
(1)
**
N/A
N/A
2373.97
**
555.01(3)
(1)
**
N/A
N/A
**
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
**
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
**
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
**
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
2286.04
**
534.45(3)
(1)
**
N/A
N/A
3871.00
-46.32(2)
982.12(3)
(1)
-46.32(2)
N/A
N/A
2986.20
-46.32(2)
757.64(3)
(1)
-46.32(2)
N/A
N/A
-46.32(2) 0.00(3) 0.00(3)
-46.32(2) 0.00(3) 0.00(3)
-50.20(2) 0.00(3) 0.00(3)
-50.20(2) 0.00(3) 0.00(3)
2875.60
-19.41(1)
729.58(3)
(1)
-19.41(1)
N/A
N/A
14.630
18.288
21.946
40.0
50.0
60.0
STRENGTH-I
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-II
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-II
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-III
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-III
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
0.00
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-I
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Neg
N/A
STRENGTH-II
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-III
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-III
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
0.00
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-I
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-II
Pos
0.00
1337.65
(1)
1337.65
(1)
1337.65
(1)
1337.65
(1)
1337.65
(1)
1337.65
(1)
1553.70
(1)
1553.70
(1)
1035.80
(1)
1035.80
(1)
2242.31
(1)
2242.31
(1)
2242.31
(1)
2242.31
(1)
2242.31
(1)
2242.31
(1)
2610.30
(1)
2610.30
(1)
1740.20
(1)
1740.20
(1)
2695.93
(1)
2695.93
(1)
2695.93
(1)
5124.16
(1)
-755.78
889.33(2)
(3)
3952.92
889.33(2)
(1)
-583.03
889.33(2)
(3)
1374.35
(3)
-755.78
(3)
1060.22
(3)
-583.03
(3)
889.33(2) 0.00(3)
0.00(3)
889.33(2) 0.00(3)
0.00(3)
889.33(2)
1407.85
(2)
1407.85
(2)
1035.80
(1)
1035.80
(1)
1499.11
(2)
1499.11
(2)
1499.11
(2)
1499.11
(2)
1499.11
(2)
1499.11
(2)
2382.27
(2)
2382.27
(2)
1740.20
(1)
1740.20
(1)
1805.69
(2)
1805.69
(2)
1805.69
(2)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
3806.52 1020.95
(1)
(3)
-561.43 -561.43
(3)
(3)
5843.77 1589.07
(1)
(3)
-629.81 -1638.91
(3)
(2)
4508.05 1225.85
(1)
(3)
-485.86 -1555.51
(3)
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
4341.09 1180.45
(1)
(3)
-467.86 -1497.90
(3)
(1)
6004.28 1626.27
(1)
(3)
-503.85 -1613.11
(3)
(1)
4631.88 1254.55
(1)
(3)
25.603
29.261
70.0
80.0
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-III
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-III
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
0.00
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-I
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-II
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-III
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-III
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
0.00
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-I
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-II
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-III
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-III
Neg
0.00
2695.93
(1)
2695.93
(1)
2695.93
(1)
3140.67
(1)
3140.67
(1)
2093.78
(1)
2093.78
(1)
2698.51
(1)
2698.51
(1)
2698.51
(1)
2698.51
(1)
2698.51
(1)
2698.51
(1)
3144.83
(1)
3144.83
(1)
2096.55
(1)
2096.55
(1)
2250.05
(1)
2250.05
(1)
2250.05
(1)
2250.05
(1)
2250.05
(1)
2250.05
(1)
1805.69
(2)
1805.69
(2)
1805.69
(2)
2873.06
(2)
2873.06
(2)
2093.78
(1)
2093.78
(1)
1809.07
(2)
1809.07
(2)
1809.07
(2)
1809.07
(2)
1809.07
(2)
1809.07
(2)
2880.23
(2)
2880.23
(2)
2096.55
(1)
2096.55
(1)
1509.25
(2)
1509.25
(2)
1509.25
(2)
1509.25
(2)
1509.25
(2)
1509.25
(2)
-388.68
(3)
-1244.40
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
4460.33 1208.08
(1)
(3)
-374.29 -1198.31
(3)
(1)
5557.93 1485.96
(1)
(3)
-377.88 -1209.82
(3)
(1)
4287.55 1146.31
(1)
(3)
-291.51 -933.29
(3)
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
4128.75 1103.86
(1)
(3)
-280.71 -898.72
(3)
(1)
4476.63 1168.15
(1)
(3)
-251.92 -806.55
(3)
(1)
3453.40
901.14(3)
(1)
-194.34 -622.19
(3)
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
32.918
36.576
90.0
100.0
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
0.00
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-I
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-II
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-III
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-III
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
0.00
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
0.00
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
-9101.64
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Note:
"N/A" indicates not applicable
"**" indicates not available
DL Codes:
(1) Maximum dead load factors controlled
2622.77
(1)
2622.77
(1)
1748.51
(1)
1748.51
(1)
1350.56
(1)
1350.56
(1)
1350.56
(1)
1350.56
(1)
1350.56
(1)
1350.56
(1)
1574.50
(1)
1574.50
(1)
1049.67
(1)
1049.67
(1)
0.00(2)
0.00(2)
0.00(2)
0.00(2)
0.00(2)
0.00(2)
0.00(2)
0.00(2)
0.00(1)
0.00(1)
2403.78
(2)
2403.78
(2)
1748.51
(1)
1748.51
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
3325.50
867.77(3)
(1)
-187.14 -599.15
(3)
(1)
2631.39
906.23(2)
672.84(3)
(1)
-125.96 -403.29
906.23(2)
(3)
(1)
2029.93
906.23(2)
519.05(3)
(1)
-311.11
906.23(2) -97.17(3)
(1)
906.23(2) 0.00(3)
0.00(3)
906.23(2) 0.00(3)
0.00(3)
1443.71
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(2)
1443.71
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(2)
1049.67 1954.74
499.82(3)
(1)
(1)
1049.67
-299.58
-93.57(3)
(1)
(1)
0.00(1) 0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(1) -0.00(3) -0.00(3)
0.00(1) 0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(1) -0.00(3) -0.00(3)
0.00(1) 0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(1) 0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(1) 0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(1) 0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(1) 0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(1) -0.00(3) -0.00(3)
Limit State
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-I
3.658
10.0
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-I
7.315
20.0
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-II
10.973
30.0
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
STRENGTH-I
14.630
18.288
21.946
40.0
50.0
60.0
STRENGTH-I
Neg
STRENGTH-II
Pos
2027.28
STRENGTH-II
Neg
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
STRENGTH-I
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
1634.53 60.95(1)
1634.53 60.95(1)
1717.06 70.80(1)
1717.06 70.80(1)
0.00
47.20(1)
0.00
47.20(1)
2027.28 -42.37(2)
STRENGTH-I
Neg
STRENGTH-II
Pos
STRENGTH-II
Neg
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
-1633.83
-1633.83
-1715.95
-1715.95
0.00
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Pos
2027.28
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-2027.28
STRENGTH-II
Pos
2027.28
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-2027.28
STRENGTH-III
Pos
-1555.45
STRENGTH-III
Neg
-1555.45
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
-1619.71
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
-1619.71
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Pos
-2027.28
-42.37(2)
-42.37(2)
-68.07(2)
-68.07(2)
-48.72(1)
-48.72(1)
-125.27
(2)
-125.27
(2)
-125.27
(2)
-125.27
(2)
-125.27
(2)
-125.27
(2)
-200.30
(2)
-200.30
(2)
-144.63
(1)
-144.63
(1)
-208.17
40.52(2)
40.52(2)
64.15(2)
64.15(2)
47.20(1)
47.20(1)
-62.36(1)
-62.36(1)
-62.36(1)
-73.07(1)
-73.07(1)
-48.72(1)
-48.72(1)
-185.68
(1)
-185.68
(1)
-185.68
(1)
-185.68
(1)
-185.68
(1)
-185.68
(1)
-216.94
(1)
-216.94
(1)
-144.63
(1)
-144.63
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
351.98(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
-252.53
(1)
70.67(3)
-194.81
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
64.06(3)
-358.68
(1)
49.42(3)
-276.70
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
258.00(1) 42.13(3)
-109.78
(3)
-467.15
(1)
199.03(1) 32.50(3)
-84.69(3)
-360.38
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
25.603
27.432
70.0
75.0
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-2027.28
STRENGTH-II
Pos
-1981.11
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-1981.11
STRENGTH-III
Pos
-1466.19
STRENGTH-III
Neg
-1466.19
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
-1466.19
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
-1466.19
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Pos
-1742.66
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-1742.66
STRENGTH-II
Pos
-1622.51
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-1622.51
STRENGTH-III
Pos
-1466.19
STRENGTH-III
Neg
-1466.19
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
-1466.19
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
-1466.19
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Pos
-2027.28
(2)
-208.17
(2)
-208.17
(2)
-208.17
(2)
-208.17
(2)
-208.17
(2)
-332.52
(2)
-332.52
(2)
-240.54
(1)
-240.54
(1)
-291.06
(2)
-291.06
(2)
-291.06
(2)
-291.06
(2)
-291.06
(2)
-291.06
(2)
-464.75
(2)
-464.75
(2)
-336.46
(1)
-336.46
(1)
**
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-2027.28
**
STRENGTH-II
Pos
-2027.28
**
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-2027.28
**
(1)
-309.00 -141.84 -576.24
(1)
(3)
(1)
-309.00
136.45(1) 19.60(3)
(1)
-309.00 -109.42 -444.53
(1)
(3)
(1)
-309.00
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-309.00
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-360.81
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-360.81
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-240.54
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-240.54
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-432.32
108.82(1) 13.42(3)
(1)
-432.32 -178.62 -684.16
(1)
(3)
(1)
-432.32
83.94(1) 10.35(3)
(1)
-432.32 -137.80 -527.78
(1)
(3)
(1)
-432.32
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-432.32
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-504.68
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-504.68
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-336.46
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
-336.46
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
(1)
**
79.59(1) 9.01(3)
-198.61 -737.14
**
(3)
(1)
**
61.40(1) 6.95(3)
-153.21 -568.65
**
(3)
(1)
29.261
32.918
80.0
90.0
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
-2027.28
-2027.28
-2027.28
-2027.28
0.00
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Pos
-2678.70
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-2678.70
STRENGTH-II
Pos
-2678.70
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-2678.70
STRENGTH-III
Pos
-2678.70
STRENGTH-III
Neg
-2678.70
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
-2678.70
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
-2678.70
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Pos
-1915.98
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-1915.98
STRENGTH-II
Pos
-1915.98
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-1915.98
STRENGTH-III
Pos
-2678.70
STRENGTH-III
Neg
-2678.70
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
-2678.70
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
-2678.70
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
**
**
**
**
**
**
-375.60
(2)
-375.60
(2)
-375.60
(2)
-375.60
(2)
-375.60
(2)
-375.60
(2)
-599.70
(2)
-599.70
(2)
-434.18
(1)
-434.18
(1)
-460.13
(2)
-460.13
(2)
-460.13
(2)
-460.13
(2)
-460.13
(2)
-460.13
(2)
-734.65
(2)
-734.65
(2)
-531.91
(1)
**
**
**
**
**
**
-557.90
(1)
-557.90
(1)
-557.90
(1)
-557.90
(1)
-557.90
(1)
-557.90
(1)
-651.28
(1)
-651.28
(1)
-434.18
(1)
-434.18
(1)
-683.49
(1)
-683.49
(1)
-683.49
(1)
-683.49
(1)
-683.49
(1)
-683.49
(1)
-797.87
(1)
-797.87
(1)
-531.91
(1)
-531.91
-531.91
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
56.54(2)
5.58(3)
-219.56
(3)
-789.29
(1)
43.62(2)
4.30(3)
-169.38
(3)
-608.88
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
21.78(2)
1.31(3)
-264.07
(3)
-890.37
(1)
16.80(2)
1.01(3)
-203.71
(3)
-686.86
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
36.576
100.0
SERVICE-II
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Pos
-1915.98
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-1915.98
STRENGTH-II
Pos
-2263.56
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-2263.56
STRENGTH-III
Pos
-2678.70
STRENGTH-III
Neg
-2678.70
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
-2678.70
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
-2678.70
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
0.00
(1)
-549.07
(2)
-549.07
(2)
-549.07
(2)
-549.07
(2)
-549.07
(2)
-549.07
(2)
-876.94
(2)
-876.94
(2)
-634.54
(1)
-634.54
(1)
(1)
-815.20
(1)
-815.20
(1)
-815.20
(1)
-815.20
(1)
-815.20
(1)
-815.20
(1)
-951.82
(1)
-951.82
(1)
-634.54
(1)
-634.54
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
-311.54
(3)
-986.71
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
-240.33
(3)
-761.18
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
Span 2
Location
(m) Percent
0.000
0.0
3.658
10.0
Limit State
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
Total LL Shear
Max
Min
(kN)
(kN)
986.71(1) 311.54(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
761.18(1) 240.33(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
890.37(1) 264.07(3)
-1.31(3) -21.78(2)
686.86(1) 203.71(3)
-1.01(3) -16.80(2)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
0.00(3) 0.00(3)
7.315
20.0
9.144
25.0
10.973
30.0
14.630
40.0
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-I
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
STRENGTH-I
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
0.00
0.00
2678.70
2678.70
2678.70
2678.70
2678.70
2678.70
2678.70
2678.70
0.00
0.00
2027.28
2027.28
2027.28
2027.28
2027.28
2027.28
2027.28
2027.28
0.00
0.00
1742.66
531.91(1) 531.91(1)
531.91(1) 531.91(1)
557.90(1) 375.60(2)
557.90(1) 375.60(2)
557.90(1) 375.60(2)
557.90(1) 375.60(2)
557.90(1) 375.60(2)
557.90(1) 375.60(2)
651.28(1) 599.70(2)
651.28(1) 599.70(2)
434.18(1) 434.18(1)
434.18(1) 434.18(1)
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
432.31(1) 291.06(2)
STRENGTH-I
Neg
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-II
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
STRENGTH-I
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
1622.51
1622.51
1466.19
1466.19
1466.19
1466.19
0.00
0.00
2027.28
STRENGTH-I
Neg
STRENGTH-II
Pos
STRENGTH-II
Neg
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
Neg
Pos
432.31(1) 291.06(2)
432.31(1) 291.06(2)
432.31(1) 291.06(2)
432.31(1) 291.06(2)
504.68(1) 464.75(2)
504.68(1) 464.75(2)
336.45(1) 336.45(1)
336.45(1) 336.45(1)
309.00(1) 208.17(2)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
789.29(1)
-5.58(3)
608.88(1)
-4.30(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
737.14(1)
-9.01(3)
568.65(1)
-6.95(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
684.15(1)
527.77(1)
-10.35(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
576.24(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
219.56(3)
-56.54(2)
169.38(3)
-43.62(2)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
198.61(3)
-79.59(1)
153.21(3)
-61.40(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
178.62(3)
-108.82
(1)
137.80(3)
-83.95(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
141.84(3)
-176.88
(1)
109.42(3)
-136.45
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
18.288
21.946
25.603
29.261
50.0
60.0
70.0
80.0
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
STRENGTH-I
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
1466.19
0.00
0.00
2027.28
360.81(1) 332.52(2)
240.54(1) 240.54(1)
240.54(1) 240.54(1)
185.68(1) 125.27(2)
STRENGTH-I
Neg
STRENGTH-II
Pos
STRENGTH-II
Neg
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
STRENGTH-I
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
1555.45
1555.45
1619.70
1619.70
0.00
0.00
2027.28
STRENGTH-I
Neg
STRENGTH-II
Pos
2027.28
STRENGTH-II
Neg
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
STRENGTH-I
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
1633.83 62.36(1)
1633.83 62.36(1)
1715.95 73.07(1)
1715.95 73.07(1)
0.00
48.71(1)
0.00
48.71(1)
2027.28 -40.52(2)
STRENGTH-I
Neg
STRENGTH-II
Pos
STRENGTH-II
Neg
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-III
STRENGTH-IV
STRENGTH-IV
SERVICE-II
SERVICE-II
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
Pos
Neg
-1634.52
-1634.52
-1717.05
-1717.05
0.00
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Pos
STRENGTH-I
Neg
185.68(1) 125.27(2)
185.68(1) 125.27(2)
216.94(1) 200.30(2)
216.94(1) 200.30(2)
144.63(1) 144.63(1)
144.63(1) 144.63(1)
62.36(1) 42.37(2)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
467.15(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
358.68(1)
-40.52(2)
-40.52(2)
-64.15(2)
-64.15(2)
-47.20(1)
-47.20(1)
-123.42
2678.70
(2)
-123.42
-2678.70
(2)
42.37(2)
42.37(2)
68.07(2)
68.07(2)
48.71(1)
48.71(1)
-60.95(1)
-60.95(1)
-60.95(1)
-70.80(1)
-70.80(1)
-47.20(1)
-47.20(1)
-184.27
(1)
-184.27
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
252.53(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
109.78(3)
-258.00
(1)
84.69(3)
-199.03
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
82.94(3)
-351.99
(1)
63.98(3)
-271.53
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
61.71(3)
-458.17
(1)
47.61(3)
-353.44
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
156.92(2) 46.42(3)
-125.10
(3)
-575.64
(1)
32.918
36.576
90.0
100.0
STRENGTH-II
Pos
-2678.70
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-2678.70
STRENGTH-III
Pos
-2057.75
STRENGTH-III
Neg
-2057.75
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
-2144.10
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
-2144.10
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Pos
-2370.28
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-2370.28
STRENGTH-II
Pos
-2255.02
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-2255.02
STRENGTH-III
Pos
-1915.98
STRENGTH-III
Neg
-1915.98
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
-1915.98
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
-1915.98
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
0.00
STRENGTH-I
Pos
-1915.98
STRENGTH-I
Neg
-1915.98
STRENGTH-II
Pos
-1915.98
STRENGTH-II
Neg
-1915.98
STRENGTH-III
Pos
-1915.98
-123.42
(2)
-123.42
(2)
-123.42
(2)
-123.42
(2)
-196.38
(2)
-196.38
(2)
-143.11
(1)
-143.11
(1)
-206.32
(2)
-206.32
(2)
-206.32
(2)
-206.32
(2)
-206.32
(2)
-206.32
(2)
-328.60
(2)
-328.60
(2)
-239.03
(1)
-239.03
(1)
-289.21
(2)
-289.21
(2)
-289.21
(2)
-289.21
(2)
-289.21
(2)
-184.27
(1)
-184.27
(1)
-184.27
(1)
-184.27
(1)
-214.67
(1)
-214.67
(1)
-143.11
(1)
-143.11
(1)
-307.59
(1)
-307.59
(1)
-307.59
(1)
-307.59
(1)
-307.59
(1)
-307.59
(1)
-358.54
(1)
-358.54
(1)
-239.03
(1)
-239.03
(1)
-430.90
(1)
-430.90
(1)
-430.90
(1)
-430.90
(1)
-430.90
(1)
121.06(2) 35.81(3)
-96.51(3)
-444.06
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
113.42(1) 37.29(3)
-164.74
(3)
-703.40
(1)
87.50(1) 28.76(3)
-127.09
(3)
-542.63
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
110.26(1) 34.44(3)
-208.23
(3)
-829.83
(1)
85.06(1) 26.57(3)
-160.64
(3)
-640.15
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
STRENGTH-III
Neg
-1915.98
STRENGTH-IV
Pos
-1915.98
STRENGTH-IV
Neg
-1915.98
SERVICE-II
Pos
0.00
SERVICE-II
Neg
0.00
Note:
"N/A" indicates not applicable
"**" indicates not available
DL Codes:
(1) Maximum dead load factors controlled
(2) Minimum dead load factors controlled
LL Codes:
(1) Design truck + design lane controlled
(2) Design tandem + design lane controlled
(3) Design truck train + design lane controlled
-289.21
(2)
-460.83
(2)
-460.83
(2)
-334.94
(1)
-334.94
(1)
-430.90
(1)
-502.41
(1)
-502.41
(1)
-334.94
(1)
-334.94
(1)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
0.00(3)
Reactions
Live Load LRFD Fatigue Truck (US)
Impact = 15.000 %
Support
1
2
3
Maximum
Reaction
(kN)
221.76
271.23
221.76
Controlling
Live Load
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Note:
Impact and distribution factors included in above reactions.
Minimum
Reaction
(kN)
-27.73
0.00
-27.73
Controlling
Live Load
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Moment Summary
Live Load LRFD Fatigue Truck (US)
Impact = ** %
Span 1
Location
(m)
0.000
3.658
7.315
10.973
14.630
18.288
21.946
25.603
29.261
32.918
36.576
Percent
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
80.0
90.0
100.0
Maximum
Positive
Moment
(kN-m)
0.00
685.51
1133.45
1414.33
1492.63
1437.69
1286.60
985.05
564.91
64.97
0.00
Percent
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
80.0
90.0
100.0
Maximum
Positive
Moment
(kN-m)
0.00
64.97
564.91
985.05
1286.59
1437.67
1492.60
1414.29
1133.42
685.51
0.00
Controlling
Live Load
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Maximum
Negative
Moment
(kN-m)
-0.00
-101.41
-202.84
-304.26
-405.67
-507.09
-608.50
-709.91
-811.33
-912.75
-1014.18
Controlling
Live Load
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Controlling
Live Load
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Maximum
Negative
Moment
(kN-m)
-1014.18
-912.77
-811.35
-709.92
-608.51
-507.09
-405.67
-304.25
-202.83
-101.42
-0.00
Controlling
Live Load
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Span 2
Location
(m)
0.000
3.658
7.315
10.973
14.630
18.288
21.946
25.603
29.261
32.918
36.576
Note:
"N/A" indicates not applicable
"**" indicates not available
Note:
Impact and distribution factors included in above moments.
Shear Summary
Live Load LRFD Fatigue Truck (US)
Impact = ** %
Span 1
Location
(m)
0.000
3.658
7.315
10.973
14.630
18.288
21.946
25.603
29.261
32.918
36.576
Percent
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
80.0
90.0
100.0
Maximum
Positive
Shear
(kN)
221.76
190.04
156.88
125.51
96.44
70.10
46.75
26.63
9.59
0.00
0.00
Percent
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
80.0
90.0
100.0
Maximum
Positive
Shear
(kN)
248.94
228.59
205.05
178.49
149.26
117.75
84.49
52.78
30.10
27.73
27.73
Controlling
Live Load
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Maximum
Negative
Shear
(kN)
-27.73
-27.73
-30.10
-52.78
-84.49
-117.76
-149.26
-178.49
-205.05
-228.60
-248.95
Controlling
Live Load
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Controlling
Live Load
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Maximum
Negative
Shear
(kN)
0.00
0.00
-9.59
-26.64
-46.75
-70.10
-96.44
-125.51
-156.88
-190.04
-221.76
Controlling
Live Load
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Fatigue
Span 2
Location
(m)
0.000
3.658
7.315
10.973
14.630
18.288
21.946
25.603
29.261
32.918
36.576
Note:
"N/A" indicates not applicable
"**" indicates not available
Note:
Impact and distribution factors included in above shears.